Fight Junkie 2008-2009 Betting Results

2008-2009
 

Year End Team & Individual Units Tally
By Boxeo

Well, 2009 has finally come to an end and I for one am not sad to see it go! As far as betting on the fight game goes, this (last) year was one of the tougher experiences for the fightjunkie team. Although 4 out of the 5 of the teams experts were able to still muster up a profit this year, each and every unit earned was truly an all out battle.

Every year you have fluke outcomes, bad decisions and outright corruption, but in 2009 those incidents seemed to occur more and more frequently.

Just off the top of my head outcomes like Timothy Bradley V Nate Campbell, Ali Funkea V Joan Guzman, Paulie Malignaggi V Juan Diaz (first fight), Nikolay Valuev V David Haye, and Nikolay Valuev V Evander Holyfield and many, many more come to mind.

It seemed every time we turned around there was another blown call or bad decision being rendered. This funky year was not just regulated to the boxing scene, even MMA fans are now starting to get a dose of bad decisions over and over again.

I shake my head every time I hear the MMA fans complain about the ten point must system used in MMA, or the inept/corrupt judging that seems to now be rearing it’s ugly head in their sport.

If they only knew what they were in for they would cut their losses now and start watching golf!

Boxing fans know exactly what I am talking about. Corrupt judging (can we really call it anything else at this point?) has ruined our once beloved sport. It is now compared to such highly respected sports as professional wrestling (the WWE type).

If your profession has anything at all to do with the fight business you would be wise to omit such a fact when speaking with the average Joe on the street unless you love hear “boxing is fixed” over and over again.

When a “judge” (I use that term very loosely) like Pierre Benoist scores a brutal war between Sergio Martinez and Paul Williams 119-110 in favor of the favorite Williams, one has to seriously question the powers that be that control this sport.

The very sad part of all of this is each year hardcore (there are still a few of us out there) whine and cry and shout at the top of our lungs about this corruption yet the state commissions refuse to take action on these rats that have destroyed our sport.

Everyone involved in the game knows exactly what will happen if an obviously corrupt score/decision/call is handed down…NOTHING!

Time and time again you have the same shady characters involved in questionable results with no action from anyone “governing” the sport.

If you or I were to consistently turn in poor performances at our jobs I guarantee you we would be fired on the spot. Not so in the world of the fight game. You can outright lie, cheat, and steal and nothing is ever done about it.

So, another year of fistic action is in the books with the few hardcore fight fans that are still left out there hoping that 2010 will bring better accountability for those that seek to gain off the blood, sweat, and tears of young and old fighters alike.

Thanks a bunch for checking out the site and we hope to produce even better numbers for the 2010-2011 betting year.

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night undefeated WBO super bantamweight champion Juan Manuel Lopez, (28-0, 25KO’s) will put his title on the line once again when he faces off with Bernabe Concepcion, (28-3-1, 15KO’s) live from the Coliseo Jose Miguel Agrelot, San Juan, Puerto Rico.

The undefeated Lopez opened the contest as the massive betting favorite and the line has remained pretty steady with Lopez resting at –1175 and Concepcion backers getting +745.

The O/U on the bout is set at 8.5 rounds, with the under being set at -115. The over currently lands at -110.

Lopez by KO comes in at –205. Lopez by decision will reward you with +204. Concepcion by KO hits the mark at +948, and Concepcion by decision lands at +1675. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +7500.

This will be Lopez’s second fight in the featherweight division, just one fight removed from his stoppage victory over former champion Steven Luevano six short months ago in New York.

In his fight with Luevano, Lopez controlled the action quite well and quite frankly, he laid a pretty solid beating on the champion for the duration of the fight. Soon after stunning and dropping Luevano in the seventh round, the ref waved the fight off and Lopez was awarded with the WBO strap.

Thus far in his career, Juan Manuel Lopez has seldom been challenged, and in every fight except one, he has been able to easily control and dominate his opponent. Most of the time, he even stops his foe before the final bell.

Lopez has only been improving every time he steps into the ring, and while he has been able to manage pretty much everyone he has come into contact with, he did struggle heavily against Rogers Mtagwa in his fight before Luevano.

In his last fight at super bantamweight, Lopez and Mtagwa got themselves into an all out, 12 round war that saw both men extremely tired, hurt, and brawling. It was the first and only time Juan Manuel has faced such trouble, but despite barely surviving at some points during the fight, Lopez was able to do enough to win a unanimous decision.

Personally, I don’t know why Lopez struggled so much against Mtagwa. He looked more tired then I have ever seen before, and was also getting hurt by many of Mtagwa’s shots (which may be explained by having a not-so-granite chin).

Juan Manuel Lopez is a very good fighter, and is also becoming increasingly more well rounded after every fight. He has quick hands, rapidly improving boxing ability, solid body shots, and most importantly massive power in both hands (especially in his left hook).

The only question I have about the guy is whether or not his chin is up to snuff. But aside from his very odd Mtagwa performance, I have never seen him hurt. In fact, he rarely even gets hit, but I don’t know how much of that can be attributed to Lopez’s slickness or his opponents?

Bernabe Concepcion is also coming off a victory, but it is one that is substantially less impressive.

In his last fight five months ago, Concepcion squared off with Mario Santiago. Against Santiago, Concepcion was able to control the fight and neutralize Santiago’s boxing, eventually earning an easy unanimous decision.

What makes Concepcion’s performance less then spectacular though, is that he could not stop Santiago and looked unwilling to pull the trigger.

Which brings me to Bernabe’s style, which can be quite frustrating to watch. The guy just doesn’t throw enough punches!

Concepcion has some decent power, some pretty quick hands and isn’t terrible technically (not great, but not horrible), but his punch activity is quite low. If Concepcion would have been throwing more then two punches a round against Santiago, he would have been able to get Mario out of there.

There is a reason why Concepcion tends to be trailing at some point during his fights, whether he wins them or not, and that is because of his lack of punch output.

Personally, I think this is an excellent style match up for “JuanMa” who just simply seems to be the better all around fighter here. Concepcion is quick, but Lopez is quicker, Concepcion can crack, but Lopez cracks harder. Concepcion has OK technique, but Lopez’s is better. Concepcion can’t box, but Lopez can.

Another thing I like in this fight for JuanMa is that Concepcion isn’t the best defensively. Despite not throwing a lot of punches, his defense is not great and I would expect Juan Manuel to exploit that weakness to the fullest extent possible.

I am quite confident that Lopez would be able to outbox Concepcion with ease, as he possesses the faster feet, but Lopez isn’t really a true boxer. He “boxes” just enough to get around but truthfully likes to knock his guys out more then anything else.

Lopez was able to virtually put Luevano out with a single punch (an uppercut), and also only needed a handful of punches to put out the strong-chinned Daniel Ponce de Leon.

There is no question that Lopez can punch harder then anyone in the featherweight division (with second place possibly going to Rafael Marquez), and I suspect that even Concepcion won’t be able to stand up to Lopez’s shots for 12 full rounds.

I mean, technically Concepcion has the “puncher’s chance” in this fight, simply because he punches at least as hard as Rogers Mtagwa, but I think it’s a serious stretch to think Bernabe will stop Juan Manuel.

The biggest question for me is when Lopez will get Concepcion out of there. Personally, I think there’s a good chance that Juan Manuel will be able to stop before the ninth round. He took Luevano out in seven, but he’s a pure boxer so that doesn’t necessarily apply here. What I looked at, was that he knocked out Ponce de Leon in one round, and nearly had Mtagwa out of there on several occasions.

I suspect that any great punch could put Concepcion on spaghetti legs, but that he will be stopped sometime around the fifth or sixth round.

Krakrabbit: 2.30 Units On Under 8.5 Rounds {-115}
Boxeo: 1.15 Units On Under 8.5 Rounds {-115}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night once beaten Nonito “Filipino Flash” Donaire, (23-1, 15KO’s) will face off with another once beaten fighter Hernan Marquez, (27-1, 20KO’s) live from the Coliseo Jose Miguel Agrelot, San Juan, Puerto Rico.

Donaire opened the contest as the huge betting favorite and little money has come in on either guy with Donaire resting at –1300 and Marquez backers getting +850.

The O/U on the bout is set at 7.5 rounds, with the over being set at +110. The under currently lands at -130.

Donaire by KO comes in at –247. Donaire by decision will reward you with +279. Marquez by KO hits the mark at +998, and Marquez by decision lands at an obscene +2280. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +8000.

Nonito Donaire is fresh off a quick win over Manuel Vargas five months ago in Las Vegas, in a fight that had a bit of controversy around it.

The slight controversy (if you could call it that), was because Vargas was a last minute replacement, and moved up ten pounds in weight from his fight before Donaire. Obviously, Nonito starched the poor guy in three rounds.

That’s the thing with Donaire; the guy has fought a lot of bums in his career. Total bums that have no shot at all to beat him in any universe at any time. His last two opponents have been Manuel Vargas (who moved up seventeen weight classes to fight him and on an hours notice), and a guy who is 14-4. Not exactly world-class competition.

Still, for fighting bums half the time, Nonito Donaire is pretty good! He has some quick hands and very quick feet, and is a good, very technically sound accurate fighter.

As for Hernan Marquez, I feel he falls into the “bum” category for the most part. In his last fight, his first outside of Mexico, against a no-name Filipino (who lost his next fight after Marquez via KO), Marquez easily lost a unanimous decision.

In the fight, Marquez was soundly outboxed by Richie Mepranum over the course of the fight. In nearly every round, the story was the same. Mepranum threw more, landed a ton, and never got hit.

Hernan Marquez is one of those guys who does not throw many punches, and I feel that Marquez and Donaire are on other ends of the universe when it comes to skill.

First off, Marquez is quite slow and has hands like their stuck in cement, and the cement blocks are submerged in tar.

Aside from being slow, he is also very hittable. His defense is next to nothing, which is kind of weird considering he doesn’t throw many punches and always has his hands near his head.

Obviously, he also has a ton of trouble with boxers and people who are fast. Richie Mepranum had a huge speed advantage over him, and his movement was able to keep him safe from getting hit cleanly all night.

I don’t think there’s much to say about this fight, really. Nonito Donaire loves to feast on guys like this, who are slow, have no foot speed and have serious defensive liabilities. If Donaire was able to land cleanly on a guy like Darchinyan, who is faster and has better foot speed, then he will have a field day on Marquez.

The only question I have is whether or not Donaire will be able to stop Marquez, or better yet if he will be willing to stop Marquez. Donaire isn’t a massive hitter (though his accuracy makes him a very good puncher overall), and he likes to box. He isn’t a brawler; he is what would be called a “boxer-puncher”.

Personally, I think he will be able to end Hernan’s night early though. Marquez is going to be taking an absolute pounding from round one, and getting hit with so many shots he won’t even know what’s happening. After so many rounds of beating, I think Donaire will be able to close the show anytime after the sixth or seventh, depending on just how severe the beating is.

Krakrabbit: 2.47 Units On Donaire By KO {-247}
Boxeo: 2.47 Units On Donaire By KO {-247}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.23 Units On Donaire By KO {-247}
D3: 1.23 Units On Donaire By KO {-247}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

ESPN2 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Friday night on ESPN2 fans will be treated to a WBO/NABO lightweight title bout when current champion Henry “Hank” Lundy, (18-0-1, 10KO’s) battles once beaten John Molina Jr., (20-1, 16KO’s) live from the Twin River Event Center, Lincoln, Rhode Island.

Lundy opened the contest as the clear betting favorite and you can get him at -230. Molina supporters get the underdog cash at +200. The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over coming in at -200 and the under at +170.

The champion Henry Lundy is currently undefeated, and is coming into this fight as a relative unknown. He has seldom fought on TV, and up until this point has just been an off-TV bum eater building up his record.

While being undefeated and having a pretty solid record so far, I will be blunt right here and now and suggest that Lundy is not nearly as good as some are making him out to be.

Henry has some decent hand speed, but I can’t say his hands are noticeably quick. When he throws, he doesn’t make me think, “Wow, that guy is FAST!” Like I said, he has somewhat quick hands, but it is nothing special.

As far as foot speed goes, he is pretty slow in that department. Earlier in his career Lundy had some of the slowest feet I have ever seen in the sport, but it looks to me that he has been working on his foot movement and foot speed. Right now, he is still a pretty slow mover though and I am not impressed with his feet at all.

When it comes down to how he actually fights, I don’t really love that about him either. He throws wild, and often likes to wing shots from a little too far out, leaving him vulnerable to getting countered. As well as that, his jab, while often used, opens him up to the left hook every time he throws it.

For some reason, whenever he throws he jab he also brings his right hand up nearly above his head!

What is very important to note about Lundy though, is his complete and utter lack of competition thus far in his career. Lundy’s last five opponent’s have a somewhat respectable combined record of 76-38, but upon closer inspection you see that that said opponents are actually nothing more then bums!

Either they always lost, or they fought nothing but tomato cans their entire career, eventually “stepping up” to fight Lundy and losing.

As well as that, even though Lundy has not exactly been facing off with the cream of the crop so far, that has not stopped him from struggling a bit with his opposition.

Not only does he have a draw on his record, but he also barely beat the currently 10-3 fighter Esteban Almaraz, but was also dropped in the sixth round against Richard Abril (who, frankly doesn’t punch very hard at all).

John Molina Jr. is still making his comeback after suffering his first defeat at the hands of Martin Honorio late last year when fighting for two vacant lightweight titles.

Molina and his camp claim that he was sick in that fight, and honestly I believe them. Molina just did not look right on that night, and under any other circumstance I firmly believe that John would have been able to lay a beating on Honorio.

When he isn’t suffering from the flu, John Molina is a pretty good fighter as whole. First off, he can crack and loves to use his power in a pressuring style that has worked well throughout his career.

Molina has some great body shots that break your ribs if landed right, and a solid arsenal with which to attack his opponent with (good upstairs and downstairs puncher).

John has also been in with the much better guys. While his resume isn’t amazing, when compared to Lundy it makes it look that much better. Guys like Efren Hinojosa Frankie Archuleta dot his record, and most of his opponents have pretty decent records.

Personally, I think there is a large gap in skills here. Molina is a vicious body puncher with a good jab and power to boot, and will also have the significant edge in foot speed and overall technique.

I can’t understand why Henry Lundy is as big a favorite as he is, considering he has not fought anyone and in the fights that I have seen of him, he has not impressed me.

I expect somewhat of a good fight, because Lundy will most likely stand and trade and Molina will be bringing the heat as well, but I suspect that Molina’s combinations and wicked body attack will end up taking their toll on Lundy.

Henry’s chin has not been really tested as of yet, and I wouldn’t be surprised to see Molina stop him sometime later in the fight (maybe after some nice body work over the course of the fight), or win a pretty easy decision, winning both the WBO/NABO strap and earning back some of the respect he had before he lost to Honorio.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Molina {+200}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Molina {+200}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: .50 Units On Molina {+200}
D3: .50 Units On Molina {+200}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Fox Sports Net Predictions
By Krakrabbit

This Saturday night features the rematch between Rodel “Kid Rapido” Mayol, (26-4-2, 20KO’s) facing off against Omar Nino Romero, (28-3-2, 11KO’s) live from San Juan del Rio, Queretaro, Mexico.

Mayol comes into the contest as the slight favorite in the bout at -150. Romero gets the underdog cash at +120. The O/U for the fight has been set at 7.5 rounds, with the over at -130 and the under coming in at +105.

This will be the second time Rodel Mayol and Omar Nino Romero have faced off inside the ring. Four months ago Mayol and Romero fought to a very controversial draw...a three round technical draw.

In the third round of their contest, Romero landed a low blow that caused the referee to step in and stop the action. However, despite being restrained by the referee while the fight was being paused because of the low blow, Romero still rocketed off a left hook and knocked Mayol out cold.

Despite both low blowing and then throwing, landing and knocking out Mayol with another punch while the referee was stopping the fight, Romero was allowed to get away with his obviously foul tactics.

For some reason that really nobody has ever really explained, the fight was not called a No Contest, or a disqualification win for Mayol (which it should have been), but a three round technical draw instead.

Prior to the fight being stopped and declared a draw, Mayol looked to be on his way to controlling the rest of the fight.

The first round of their contest was somewhat close, but in the second round Mayol was able to hurt Romero and keep him stunned for much of the round. Even in the third round up until the point of the stoppage, Mayol looked to be winning the round.

Rodel Mayol is a pretty good fighter overall. He swings a bit wild at times, but he has decent hand speed and two important attributes: foot speed and punching power.

He is most well known for his two fights with Ivan Calderon, where he was able to give Calderon some of the toughest fights of his career. Both contests were stopped early because of cuts sustained by Calderon, and Mayol was able to walk away with a draw and a very close loss between the two fights...some people even think Mayol won the first fight!

Mayol’s chin isn’t granite, and skill wise he is not at the top of the ladder, but he does well with what he has (power, and a hard head that he likes to use to headbutt people).

Omar Nino Romero is nothing special either, but I feel he is just a step lower then his opponent here. His chin is quite weak, is getting up there in age (just turned 34), and really possesses nothing that makes him stand out.

Personally, I think this is a great fight for Mayol and that he will be able to exact his revenge this time around...barring any shady business.

It has been proven already that Rodel can hurt Romero, and hurt him bad. I feel if Mayol landed another solid shot when Romero was stunned in the second round he would have most likely been able to put him away right then and there.

Mayol has Romero’s number I believe, and the only reason Omar was able to escape with a draw the first time around was because of an illogical decision that made no sense whatsoever.

The only thing I am somewhat worried is the location of this fight, Mexico. Their first contest was in Mexico, and I am worried that if “they” get the opportunity, “they” will let Romero get away with something shady once again.

In fact, I believe the only reason Mayol is not a significantly bigger betting favorite is because of the location of this fight.

However, you can’t rig a fight or rob a fighter when a guy gets knocked out hard, which is what I fully expect to happen.

I very much expect Mayol to come out of the starting gates and lay a beating on Romero. No matter if Omar runs or stands and trades, Mayol will be able to catch up to him and land on him and most importantly, hurt him.

I suspect that Rodel will be able to beat up Omar Nino Romero, eventually stopping him some time before the sixth round. It will most likely only take one or two good shots to make Romero’s world go fuzzy, and eventually, dark, and I think the victory will be all that much sweeter for Rodel Mayol after he gets his revenge on Saturday night.

Krakrabbit: 6.00 Units On Mayol {-150}
Boxeo: 7.50 Units On Mayol {-150}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.50 Units On Mayol {-150}
D3: 1.50 Units On Mayol {-150}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime Predictions
By Krakrabbit

This Saturday night on Showtime in the Super Six Super Middleweight tournament features Olympic gold medallist Andre “SOG” Ward, (21-0, 13KO’s) facing off against once beaten Allan Green, (29-1, 20KO’s) live from the Oracle Arena, Oakland, CA.

Ward comes into the contest as the big favorite in the bout at -750. Green gets the underdog cash at +525. The O/U for the fight has been set at 9.5 rounds, with the over at -175 and the under coming in at +145.

Ward by KO comes in at +150, while Ward by decision will reward you with +119. Green by KO hits the mark at +777, and Green by decision lands at +1050. The odds the fight is declared a draw land at +5500.

This will be Andre Ward’s first fight since easily, and surprisingly, upsetting title holder Mikkel Kessler seven months ago.

Going up against Kessler, Ward displayed incredible boxing ability as well as quick hands and some solid defense, picking apart Kessler with ease in each and every round.

A time or two during the contest, Ward was even able to stun Kessler and ultimately ended up winning a lopsided technical decision...the fight was stopped because of the cuts on Kessler’s face, the result of headbutting.

This was an amazing performance for Ward, and easily the greatest he has ever had in his professional career. Dismantling a super middleweight champion with such ease was something the majority of people were not expecting.

Andre Ward is a very well rounded individual, and as evidenced by his fight with Kessler he is rapidly improving on his game.

“SOG” (Son of God), has very quick hands, solid power in both hands and god-given natural ability and athleticism. As well as that, his actual boxing ability is quite good as well, and has been getting better in most aspects after every fight.

Despite his obvious abundance of talent though, he does have one issue that could cause his train to derail at anytime: his chin!

Andre Ward has all the ability in the world, but has been put down on the canvas before and has been hurt a couple of times. Now granted he hasn’t been hurt or put down in quite a while, but the fact remains that his iffy chin is always there and if cracked at just the right angle could send him down.

Allan Green is himself coming off a win, though not nearly as big of one. Green recently defeated relative no-name Tarvis Sims (brother of Travis Sims) via unanimous decision eight months ago.

But, there are reports that Green did not look very good in his fight against the 39 year old Sims, and personally I believe said reports.

Back in 2007, Green faced off with Edison Miranda and was easily beaten by the power puncher, getting dropped twice in the tenth round and eventually losing a unanimous decision by way of lopsided scores.

The catch is though, that Green entered that contest very ill, in fact, after that bout he had major surgery to remove 80% of his colon! It was obvious during that bout that he was nowhere near being in peak condition going up against Edison.

However, even after losing that fight, I feel that Allan has never looked the same. I cannot put my finger on it, but there is just something that Green lost when he had that surgery to rip out the majority of his colon.

Even though he doesn’t have much of a colon anymore, Green is still a decent fighter though. Back in the day he had pretty good hand speed and timing and a strong punch to go with it, and nowadays he has retained most of those attributes.

Like I said, he still seems to be missing something (proven by his lackluster performance against Sims), but the most important tool in his arsenal, his power, is still there.

As I mentioned, Ward’s chin is not exactly crafted out of steel, and given the right punch I feel that Green could make Ward feel some pain he hasn’t felt in a long while.

Stylistically as a whole though, I think this is 100% Ward’s fight. Andre is better then Green in nearly every way. He is faster (I feel he is somewhat significantly quicker), he better foot work and boxing ability, is much better defensively (Green just isn’t very good when it comes to defense) and punches at least as hard as Allan does.

As well as that, Ward also has the age card in his favor. He is four years younger, and Green will be turning 31 in three months. Plus, Ward is the more active fighter of the two. He had four fights in 2009, and three in 2008. Allan Green had two fights in 2009 and 2008.

I think Andre is just much more skilled, and I would have picked him to beat Green before Allan had his colon removed. At this point, I think Green has little to no shot other then a puncher’s chance. I feel that Green will have to land a super charged punch and crack Ward’s chin, or otherwise he is going to get owned.

While we’re on the subject of chins, Green doesn’t have a great chin himself. He has been stunned multiple times and I thought that given 10 more seconds Miranda would have stopped Green in the tenth round.

In addition, Green can be vulnerable to the right hand and Ward has a pretty solid and strong right hand when he fights out of the orthodox stance (sometimes he switches).

Andre has had up-and-down performances (Kessler, big up, Miranda, not so great), but the guy can crack and I think he has enough power to lay some serious hurt on Green.

Adding into the idea that Green can only win via out-of-the-blue knockout is the fact that this fight is in California, Ward’s birthplace and residence.

Ward has had fifteen fights in California to date, and his last five bouts have been in California as well. There is no question that the undefeated, well-liked, somewhat exciting Ward will be getting any favors on Saturday night.

Allan Green wasn’t brought into the Super Six in the first place for a reason, because he probably can’t compete with the guys who are in it. He just isn’t at the level of Andre Ward, or anyone else in the Super Six - aside from maybe Carl Froch.

I expect a one-sided beating in this fight, and I would not be surprised to see Green wobbled by some good shots from Ward. Since I have a suspicion this will be a relative beating in favor of Andre Ward, I think there is a good chance that Green gets stopped sometime during the middle to late portion of the fight.

I also have to mention that Andre Ward is adopting the headbutting technique and as such, anything related to cuts could occur. Ward isn’t really an inside fighter, so if Green is able to get close, I have little doubt that Ward will be using his head extensively just like he did in the Kessler fight.

Mikkel had numerous cuts on his face (I believe one over and under his right eye, one over and under his left eye and one on his nose), and Ward’s head caused each and every wound. As such, a stoppage win based off the cut (technical decision, or perhaps a TKO if ruled by a punch), is not out of the question either.

Of course, the fact remains that Andre Ward has only scored two knockouts in his last five fights, and the fact that he could not stop Edison Miranda looks quite poor in my mind. Though, something may have changed in Ward’s...training (very possible looking at the Kessler fight) to the point where Ward is able to perform much better now.

Even though I expect Green to be stopped in this contest, I do feel that it is the smartest choice to play Ward by both knockout and decision. In doing so, you also basically get Andre Ward straight, but at a better number as well.

Krakrabbit: 5.00 Units On Ward By KO {+150} & 5.00 Units On Ward By Decision {+119}
Boxeo: 2.20 Units On Fight Won’t Go 12 Full {-110}
Grass Hopper: 1.00 Units On Green {+550}
Doody: 1.10 Units On Fight Won’t Go 12 Full {-110}
D3: 1.10 Units On Fight Won’t Go 12 Full {-110}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

TUF Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on The Ultimate Fighter 11 Finale, MMA fans will be treated to a light heavyweight fight when Matt “The Hammer” Hamill, (8-2, 6 KO’s) battles Keith “The Dean of Mean” Jardine, (15-7, 7KO’s, 2 Submissions) from the Palms Casino Resort, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Hamill opened the contest as the slight betting favorite, but a small amount of money has been coming in on Jardine as of late and currently you can get Jardine at +120 and Hamill at -140.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -160, and the Will Go at +120. Hamill ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +160, while Hamill by decision will reward you with +315. Jardine ITD hits the mark at +270, and Jardine by decision lands at +378. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +6000.

Matt Hamill is just coming off a “win” over highly touted prospect Jon Jones six months ago at The Ultimate Fighter 10 season finale.

In his fight with Jones, it was quickly evident that Hamill was going to have a ton of trouble competing with Jon Jones. Midway through the first round, Hamill was put on his back and eventually mounted, from there Jones rained elbows down on Hamill in an attempt for the stoppage.

However, the elbows (downward elbows) Jones was using on Hamill were determined to be illegal and since Hamill was unable to continue, the fight was stopped and Jon was slapped with a disqualification loss.

Despite pulling out the “win”, even Matt knows he was getting beaten by Jones and feels that he didn’t win the fight.

Matt Hamill has been able to pull off three straight wins (including the Jones win, if you count that) since his defeat the hands at Rich Franklin two years ago.

Hamill used to be your usual wrestler, who had a good takedown, good takedown defense and top game but little else. At this point, Hamill mostly likes to strike and falls back on his wrestling ability if his striking is not working out.

Personally, I feel that Hamill is not a very good striker. His punches are extremely sloppy and when he throws he leaves himself open to being countered. Not to mention that Hamill is quite slow. When he isn’t punching though, his guard is decent.

On the mat, Hamill is a good wrestler and has a good top game, but on his back has little to offer. However, you will have a ton of trouble getting Hamill down, as his takedown defense is very good and his sprawl is difficult to defeat.

Matt Hamill has been wrestling with Rashad Evans for years as well, and I feel this will help him in this fight as far as knowing a bit more about Jardine, considering Evans already fought and beat Jardine with relative ease in TUF season 2.

Matt is one tough guy though, that is something I am sure of. First off, he’s deaf, and if that’s not good enough he has only been stopped one time in his 10 professional fights (against Rich Franklin, who probably wasn’t going to stop him barring that liver-crushing body kick).

At times though, I do question Matt’s cardio and ability to go some rounds. Sometimes, he looks ready to collapse from exhaustion and other times it seems like he is able to keep going at a steady pace without getting too tired. As a whole though, I would say he does have some stamina issues, but at the same time so does Jardine (who has arguable worse stamina), so it shouldn’t trouble Hamill too much here.

Speaking of Jardine, Keith is coming off (another) loss in his rapidly failing career, making it three straight defeats in a row for Jardine.

Keith has gone 1-4 in his last five fights, and three of those four losses have been knockout losses (and pretty brutal ones at that). His only win came via very close split decision over Brandon Vera, and since some people think Vera won that fight Jardine could very well be 0-5 in his last five.

In Jardine’s last fight, against Ryan Bader, Keith started the fight out looking to outbox Bader and avoid getting caught and knocked out. While he was successful in avoiding Bader’s right for the first round by running around the cage (but still losing the round), a fatigued Bader connected on an also tired Jardine in the final round of the fight and knocked him out with essentially one punch.

Keith Jardine has not been able to put any wins together lately I feel mostly because of his chin (which is just terrible, the thing is destroyed easier then wet paper), but also because of his style.

It hasn’t changed ever really, and his “unorthodox” striking and movement is no longer unorthodox, or unusual, or unique, it is now looked at as what it really is: terrible boxing!

His defense is abysmal (he has little defense other then running away); his striking is wide open to being countered and what Jardine calls “boxing” is nothing but sloppy striking and a complete disconnect from offense (throwing three punches), to defense (running around until he starts another three-punch offensive assault).

As well as that, Jardine’s takedown defense has been proven to be less then great. Bader was able to get him down, Evans was able to get Jardine down and I suspect that a strong wrestler like Hamill will be able to get Jardine down if he wishes as well.

One big thing I believe will play a factor in this fight though is Jardine’s vulnerability to the right hand. He has been seriously hurt, dropped and knocked out by the right hand before, and while he is also liable to getting tagged with the left hook (Bader shut his lights off with that one), Hamill doesn’t throw many left hooks so I do not see this as being a huge factor in the bout.

Hamill likes to throw a one-two and his right hand has some good power behind it. If it lands, I think Hamill can stop Jardine.

Matt Hamill is no world-beater, and he isn’t good enough to ever be considered as a titleholder simply because of his slow hands and sloppy striking alone, but he has more then enough to give Jardine another loss.

Hamill will be able to win the striking war and has enough power to end the fight as well. His wresting is also good enough to easily take Jardine down if he wants to go that route as well.

I feel that it is most likely that Hamill stops Jardine, as it may only take a punch or two to crack Jardine’s chin open for the sixth time in his career, the only trouble comes in if Keith is going to be looking to run from Hamill, as he was against Ryan Bader.

If Jardine runs (Keith is dead scared of getting knocked out these days, that’s why he runs like a track star being chased by a serial killer), I feel that he may be able to survive a bit of time, or at least make it long enough where Hamill gasses and becomes less of a threat.

However, I venture to guess that Hamill is able to land on Jardine at some point during the fight and get the stoppage.

Krakrabbit: 2.70 Units On Hamill {-135} & 1.00 Units On Hamill ITD {+160}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Hamill ITD {+160}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Hamill ITD {+160}
D3: 1.00 Units On Hamill ITD {+160}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 115 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 115, MMA fans will be treated to a light heavyweight fight when Rich “Ace” Franklin, (25-5, 13KOs, 9 Submissions) battles UFC legend Chuck “The Iceman” Liddell, (21-7, 13KO’s, 1 Submission) from the GM Place, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.

Franklin opened the contest as the betting favorite, and the lines have remained pretty steady. Currently you can get Franklin at -140 and Liddell at +120.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -160, and the Will Go at +120. Franklin ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +181, while Franklin by decision will reward you with +250. Liddell ITD hits the mark at +228, and Liddell by decision lands at +415. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +8000.

This will be Chuck Liddell’s first fight in a “comeback” since facing off with current light heavyweight champion Mauricio Rua 14-months ago at UFC 97.

In his last fight, neither Liddell nor Rua did all that much, but it only took a couple of shots before Liddell ended up going down and getting stopped for the sixth time in his career (out of seven losses).

Prior to that fight, he was also stopped by Rashad Evans pretty much by a single punch in the second round of their contest.

After his fight with Rua, many said that Chuck Liddell was shot and completely gone, and could probably no longer compete with the younger, fresher guys in the UFC.

But, I have to ask, what has there been shown to suggest that Liddell is shot as a fighter? Is it because he was getting knocked out? Well, before his last two-fights/stoppage losses, he had already been knocked out three times in his career by Quinton Jackson (twice), and Randy Couture and has always been regarded as a weak chinned fighter.

Now, don’t get me wrong I’m not going to say he is the “old Chuck”, but at the very least I wouldn’t say he is 100% done. His chin has always been his downfall (as evident by no submissions losses and only one decision loss), so getting stopped is nothing real shocking to be honest.

Plus, look at those last two losses. One to the current champion and arguably the best light heavyweight in the world (Rua), and the other to a soon-to-be title challenger (Evans).

I mean, I could be wrong and Chuck could really just be done and on a downslide in his career, but as far as I see his striking is still pretty much the same and he still doesn’t get taken down.

Speaking of slowing down in their career, one guy I am sure is starting to “go” is Liddell’s opponent, Rich Franklin.

Franklin is a very well rounded fighter, who is a good submission wrestler as well as a fine, pretty technically sound striker. As well as that, the guy was at one point as tough as they come and was able to take outstanding beatings before falling.

However, that was “back in the day”, before Franklin entered what I think is the final stages of his career.

Rich faced off with Vitor Belfort in his last fight, and was stopped in a single round with what was basically one of the first punches Vitor threw.

Now, there’s no question that Belfort can punch (13KOs out of 19 victories), but seeing Franklin fall so easily was quite surprising.

Honestly though, there have been signs of Rich slowing down for his last couple fights. He was beaten by decision by Dan Henderson, struggled terribly and nearly lost to Wanderlei Silva, and obviously was just destroyed by Vitor Belfort.

Counting the Silva fight if you thought that was a loss, Franklin could very well be on a three-fight losing streak!

I think this fight poses a lot of trouble for Franklin, considering Liddell’s power. Of course, Liddell will be in danger of getting stopped at any point as well, considering not only Franklin’s power but also his own weak chin.

I feel this fight could potentially go either way, but that Chuck is very live in this fight. Rich will not have the opportunity to fall back on his wrestling ability to earn points, like he did against Wanderlei, and in a pure striking match up this could end up being a “who hits who first” type of fight.

Honestly, even though I think Liddell is live here though, I suspect that Franklin’s superior (as in more technical), striking could end up winning him the fight here. Franklin isn’t regarded as a huge puncher, but the guy can punch and has more then enough power to break Liddell’s jaw in half.

Krakrabbit: 1.60 Units On Won’t Go 3 Rounds {-160} & 1.00 Units On Franklin ITD {+181}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Liddell ITD {+228}
Grass Hopper: 1.00 Units On Liddell {+140} & 1.00 Units On Liddell ITD {+228}
Doody: 1.00 Units On Liddell ITD {+228}
D3: 1.00 Units On Liddell ITD {+228}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 115 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 115, MMA fans will be treated to a heavyweight fight when Mirko “Cro Cop” Filipovic, (26-7, 20KOs, 3 Submissions) battles Patrick Barry, (5-1, 5KO’s from the GM Place, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.

Barry opened the contest as the betting underdog but the public quickly pounded his number and currently he sits as the -180 favorite! Currently you can get Cro Cop at +150.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -270, and the Will Go at +390. Barry ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at -105, while Barry by decision will reward you with +457. Cro Cop ITD hits the mark at +191, and Cro Cop by decision lands at +667. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +12500.

The legendary Mirko Cro Cop will return Saturday night to face off with new up and coming star Patrick Barry, but honestly I will get out of the way now that even though there is obviously an experience gap, I feel this is a difficult fight for Cro Cop.

One main reason I feel he will have trouble is because you have to wonder how much the Croatian star has left in the tank at this point in his career.

Cro Cop only has one loss in his last five fights, but in his recent bouts he has not looked like the Pride legend we all remember.

Starting back when he started to look less then stellar in his fight with Mostapha Al-Turk. In his fight with Al-Turk, Cro Cop looked slow (as usual), and his striking looked quite bad (also pretty usual, considering his striking isn’t very good).

In fact, I don’t think he was going to stop Al-Turk if not for poking Al-Turk in the eye. In the first round of their fight, Cro Cop poked Al-Turk in the eye, forcing Mostapha to fall to the ground and then Cro Cop pounded him out for a ref stoppage. In reality, Mirko won via eye-poke!

His next fight with Junior Dos Santos was purely an embarrassment. He was easily out struck and barely even landed a shot in the three rounds he was able to survive, and was simply beat down slowly until the third round, when he quit while on his feet after getting hit inside the clinch. Basically, he quit and “submitted”.

Cro Cop’s last fight, against (very) late replacement Anthony Perosh was a bit better, but Perosh was an extremely late replacement and a bum as a whole. Even still I find myself feeling unimpressed with Cro Cop when he has been stepping into the cage lately.

Patrick Barry is pretty much an unknown fighter whose best win comes over Antoni Hardonk in his last fight.

In his fight with Hardonk, Barry was able to easily land his quick strikes on the feet and the one time the fight hit the ground was able to basically lay and pray for a minute and cause a little damage in the top position.

Barry has some quick hands and also has some pretty decent striking. Its not world class, and it’s a little wide at times but he has a good straight left hand and right hook from the southpaw stance, and his speed allows him to tee off on slower opponents (like Hardonk and potentially Cro Cop).

Still, there are some things that I don’t like about Barry. One main thing being that he keeps his hands down pretty low, but doesn’t have the defense to compensate for it. He has little to no head movement, and doesn’t move around the cage too much either. He is sometimes a sitting duck, and unless he’s throwing there’s a good chance that he is going to just be standing there waiting to get hit.

As well as that, he is also vulnerable to kicks of pretty much any kind. He can be leg kicked to death, and since he doesn’t keep his hands up he is also liable to possibly getting head kicked as well. I feel this could end up causing him some serious troubles if Cro Cop’s legs are truly, as he says, 100% ready to bust some heads. He has said that before though, and considering the multiple surgeries I feel there is a chance Mirko will still not want to head kick.

Another issue I don’t like about Barry, but I don’t feel will be a factor in this fight is his weak ground game. Tim Hague submitted him in the fight before his last after Barry stunned him in the very first round but didn’t finish. Hague was able to get Barry to the ground, advance position and basically just dominate on the ground before sinking in a choke from top position.

Which brings me to my next, and perhaps one of the most important flaws about Barry, his finishing ability. He has gone on record saying he isn’t “a fighter”, and doesn’t have the “heart” to pound a guy’s head off until the ref steps in. This has been seen in a couple of his fights.

As I mentioned, in his fight with Hague he was unable to finish, but not because he was trying all that hard. After hurting him in the first round, Barry took a few precious seconds standing there while Hague wobbled around, and made what ended up being a fight-losing mistake by not jumping on him earlier.

You can also see in his fight with Hardonk when he drops Hardonk, he only throws a punch or two before stepping off of Antoni. Barry stopped punching Hardonk before the ref stepped in, and I do not like one bit that Barry doesn’t have the killer instinct to finish hard.

Against an extremely tough, powerful fighter like Cro Cop I feel this could, possibly, end up causing him some pain, literally.

Pat Barry is a pretty good striker, and by far has better hands and hand speed. And even though his bottom game is pretty much nothing, he may well have a better game off his back, considering Cro Cop is the guy who gets mounted by Cheick Kongo!

I think the odds reflect well how matched the fight is. Barry is unproven at this elite level, but Cro Cop has looked very lackluster in his last couple fights and may be at the end of his career if he cannot beat Barry, considering the level he was once at and the competition he has faced.

Cro Cop has fought guys like “Big Nog”, Heath Herring, Wanderlei Silva, Kevin Randleman, Josh Barnett, Mark Coleman, Fedor Emelianenko, Alistair Overeem and Junior Dos Santos!

Personally, I think the fight could be close, and I dare to say that if Mirko is back to decapitating people with his head kicks, he could end the fight at any time.

I do have to note that there is a couple of factors that I feel could possibly end up playing a role in this fight.

First off, Patrick Barry is sometimes known to be a Bagel Bite maniac, and his diet as a fighter has been regarded as quite bad. Aside from his eating habits, the guy just hasn’t gone many rounds in his career, and there is a good chance he ends up gassing in the second sometime if the fight goes that long.

Adding to that, I don’t think he is in great shape for this fight. He is 11-pounds heavier then in his last contest against Hardonk, and that could very well add to his cardio troubles.

On the Cro Cop side, the guy has a huge gash on his forehead! It looks to be easily a couple inches long, and also looks to be a bit tender. The cut looks like it could have healed up a bit since it happened, but I have little doubt that against a pretty precise striker like Barry, the guy could easily open up and bleed severely.

Barry as a whole I believe should win this fight with his superior striking and vastly quicker hands, and barring an out of nowhere head kick from Cro Cop, I think he takes this fight easily and stops Cro Cop before the third round.

Krakrabbit: 5.00 Units On Barry {+125}
Boxeo: 5.00 Units On Barry {+125}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Barry {+125}
D3: 1.00 Units On Barry {+125}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on HBO fight fans will be treated to a WBA light middleweight title bout when former welterweight champion Miguel Cotto, (34-2, 27KO’s) battles unbeaten champion Yuri Foreman, (28-0, 8KO’s) live from the Yankee Stadium, Bronx, New York.

Cotto opened the contest as the clear betting favorite and while his number has dropped a bit you can get him at -230. Foreman supporters get the underdog cash at +200. The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over coming in at -145 and the under at +115.

Cotto by KO comes in at +157, while Cotto by decision will reward you with +150. Foreman by KO hits the mark at +750, and Foreman by decision lands at +216. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +2700.

In case you didn’t notice, this will be Miguel Cotto’s first fight in the light middleweight (154) division. He is moving up in weight after his latest defeat to Manny Pacquiao seven months ago to challenge the relatively unknown champion, Yuri Foreman.

In his last fight with “Pac-Man”, Cotto was able to compete somewhat well for the first few rounds. He landed some real solid shots on Pacquiao, but was simply overmatched and ended up being dropped a couple times over the course of the fight and eventually stopped in the final round.

Cotto has been fighting in the welterweight division for five years, and has had a large amount of success at that weight. He is a two-time welterweight champion, and has defended the belt a total of five times as well and holds victories over big names such as Shane Mosley, Carlos Quintana, Zab Judah, Joshua Clottey.

It is really a question as to why Miguel has chosen to move up to 154 at this point in his career, but perhaps it is because of his recent troubles in his fights. He got stopped by Pacquiao in the final round, barely beat Clottey and got stopped by Margarito (Margar-cheato?) in the eleventh round.

I personally believe the reason he is moving up is because of stamina issues. Maybe he feels that if he doesn’t drain himself to make the 147-pound welterweight limit, he will be able to sustain a pace late in the fight instead of gassing.

Aside from the question why he is moving up, you also have to wonder how the move up will affect him. From what I have seen in photos, Cotto looks to be in fine shape and doesn’t seem to be carrying any extra unnecessary weight that may affect him negatively.

Of course, you never know with these kinds of things. He has been at welterweight for five years, and he always performed quite well at that weight despite gassing out a bit after the midway point of the fight.

Physique aside, what really matters is how the extra poundage will influence his performance inside the ring. Now, I haven’t seen a ton of Cotto in actual action, but from the amount of video I have seen of Cotto, he looks to be a bit slower at this weight.

I cannot be certain if the weight does indeed make him slower, but I’m just guesstimating based off the footage I have been able to find of Cotto. Its evident in the videos I’ve watched that he isn’t putting 100% into his punches, but I just have feeling that he will show up on fight night slower then we are used to seeing him look at 147.

As well as the change in weight, Cotto has also brought in legendary trainer Emanuel Steward to help him out in this fight. Among one of the things Steward is trying to add into Cotto’s game is trying to improve his footwork.

Going back to the video I’ve seen, I think its pretty clear that Cotto is having trouble adopting a bouncier style of fighting. As I am sure most people know, Cotto is a fine boxer but is more flatfooted then a pure, light-on-their-feet fighter.

I also wonder if having Cotto bounce around more during the fight (if he actually remembers to do it) may tire him out a bit. Cotto didn’t have great stamina at 147 when he was more flatfooted, and unless Cotto’s cardio at 154 is on the Paul Williams level doing something extra like bouncing around (something that Cotto’s not used to doing anyway) may affect him a bit.

The man he’s challenging, Yuri Foreman is coming into this fight on a career high. In his last contest, Foreman (coming into the fight as a sizeable dog), faced off with Daniel Santos.

As a surprise to most, Foreman was able to dismantle and easily beat down Santos over the course of the fight, and as an even bigger shock was even able to drop Santos twice in the fight, as well as hurt and stun him over the 12 round distance.

The very light punching (8KOs) Yuri Foreman is a pure boxer, plain a simple. Often referred to as Yuri “Boreman”, Yuri likes to rely on his speed and footwork to outbox his opponents to a decision win.

The rabbi-in-training (yes, he’s going to be a rabbi), is actually quite a good fighter, and very underrated if you ask me. He has quick hands (very comparable to Cotto at 147, perhaps unnoticeably quicker), very good and smooth footwork and a good amount of weapons as well. His jab is his money punch and the one he throws the most, but his right hand and uppercuts are solid as well.

On the inside, Foreman usually doesn’t like to brawl and instead opts to hold most of the time.

Stylistically, I think this is a very difficult match up for Miguel Cotto for a number of reasons.

First off, Foreman will have a 4-inch height advantage over Cotto, and most importantly a 5-inch reach advantage. Yuri likes to use his boxing ability and fights his size (5’11) anyway, but in this situation I think Cotto will have a ton of trouble finding Foreman.

Now, Cotto has been at a reach disadvantage in four of his last five fights, (he was equal with Pacquiao), but none of the men Cotto has faced recently fights anything like Yuri Foreman. Pacquiao likes to brawl, Clottey didn’t exactly use his reach well, Michael Jennings is a bum, Margarito possibly had loaded gloves and doesn’t use his reach either, and Alfonso Gomez didn’t have any time to use his reach before getting stopped.

Foreman will be a completely new beast for Cotto, and at this point in his career (possibly fading after two hard losses, moving up in weight, fighting a guy who fights like none of his other opponents) Yuri could give Miguel a lot of problems. I don’t think Cotto will like when he jabs but can’t reach Foreman.

Of course, I’m not forgetting that this will also be a massive step up in competition for Foreman. The best fighter Yuri has ever fought is probably Daniel Santos (who was heavily favored most likely because he was the “name” and more experienced, something that is the case here) and Cotto is a class and a half above Santos.

Anyway, Foreman’s feet could be too quick for Cotto. Miguel doesn’t fight runners, and Foreman is not shy to the idea of using his legs like a track star being chased by a murderer. Add into the fact that Cotto will be using his Steward-improved boxing skills for the first time and he may find it tough to catch up to Foreman when Yuri starts to run.

I think there is a chance that, if Cotto can find and catch Yuri that he could cause some damage and possibly slow his opponent down by going downstairs, but like I said he has to find Foreman first and that is something easier said then done.

Another factor you have to think about in this fight that could hurt or help either guy is the situation of cuts. Yuri’s face busts up at the sight of a glove, and Cotto has always been known to cut, especially lately where his cuts have been quite deep.

Personally I feel that if anyone is to get cut, it will be from a punch. Foreman will be running, and will hold while on the inside (something that will make Cotto’s inside work much more difficult), and since Foreman doesn’t often lean down Cotto isn’t tall enough to butt heads with Yuri.

I feel that it is also important to echo the thoughts of Manny Steward, that Cotto cannot afford to get behind on the judges’ scorecards. The reason being is that if Foreman believes he is ahead on the cards, he will not be opposed to doing just enough to survive and win the round by running around so much, Cotto has absolutely no chance of finding him short Foreman breaking his ankle.

Another thing I almost forgot to add in is that this fight is in New York, Yuri Foreman’s residence and there is a good chance that Foreman will have the crowd support to rival Cotto’s Puerto Rican fans. Also, at this point in Cotto’s career I don’t think anyone is going to be doing him any favors on the judges’ scorecards, especially against the undefeated titleholder.

All what-ifs aside, I think Yuri has a great shot at pulling the “upset” and defending his newly won title. Foreman has all the tools to outbox Cotto, and I might even go so far as to say that unless Cotto ends up being significantly better at 154 then he was at 147 or Steward was somehow able to improve Cotto’s foot speed massively in a single training camp, he may need a knockout to win (and who knows if he will even have enough power to do such a thing at light middleweight).

In any case, all the value is with Foreman here. I think the odds on this fight are insanely out of whack simply based on the fact that, despite a great showing against Santos, being undefeated, having the title, being bigger, and losing only a handful of rounds in his entire career, nobody knows who this guy is.

I expect Yuri Foreman to outbox and basically run his way to a decision victory...but the factor of cuts could end up giving Foreman (or Cotto possibly) a victory inside the distance. That is exactly why I will not be playing Foreman by decision in this situation; the prospect of Cotto getting cut by a punch and being stopped before the final bell is very possible here.

Krakrabbit: 5.00 Units On Foreman {+200}
Boxeo: 2.50 Units On Foreman {+200}
Grass Hopper: 1.00 Units On Foreman {+200}
Doody: 1.00 Units On Foreman {+200}
D3: 1.00 Units On Foreman {+200}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Turkey Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night fight fans will be treated to a WBC “Silver” welterweight title bout when Selcuk “Mini-Tyson” Aydin, (19-0, 15KO’s) battles Ionut “Jo Jo” Dan Ion, (26-0, 14KO’s) from the Abdi Ipekci Spor Salonu, Istanbul, Turkey.

Aydin opened the contest as the big betting favorite and his number has risen a bit but you can get him at -900. Ion supporters get the underdog cash at +600. The O/U on the bout is set at 10.5 rounds, with the over coming in at +170 and the under at -200.

Hyped prospect Selcuk Aydin, who is being coined as the next big welterweight star, will be making another "step up" in his career when he faces off against relative no-name “Jo Jo” Dan.

Aydin is just coming off two somewhat impressive back-to-back victories over Said Ouali, and most recently in his last contest Jackson Bonsu, who he defeated 11 months ago.

Selcuk as I mentioned is quite hyped and is being looked at closely, but let me make this clear right away: I think he is terrible!

Now, I’m not going to completely discount his last two wins, but even though they were over quality opponents (well, Ouali is quality anyway), he did not win easily at all and was engaged in grueling battles with both men.

He beat Said Ouali via split decision, in a fight I personally thought he should have lost. He was tagged throughout the fight very hard, and if Ouali did not have such low punch output he would have been able to easily win the fight by a landslide.

Jackson Bonsu also put up a strong fight against Aydin eleven months ago in Turkey when they faced off for two relatively meaningless straps. Against Bonsu, Aydin struggled again by getting hit with an obscene amount of punches, basically allowing Bonsu to land most of the punches he threw.

To show just how much Aydin was struggling against Bonsu, despite dropping Ghanaian born fighter three times over the course of the fight, the fight was still tied on one of the judges’ scorecards and Aydin was only leading 76-74 on the other. Without the knockdowns or if Bonsu just had a bit of a better chin, he would have probably been able to hand Aydin his first loss.

The only thing that won Aydin those two fights was a robbery (Ouali, though he kind of threw the fight away himself by not punching enough) and the luck that his opponent had a terrible chin (Bonsu).

Selcuk likes to come forward with unsuppressed aggression and pressure, but even though his name is “Mini-Tyson”, I think he is an insult to the legend. One of the main reasons being Aydin has absolutely no head movement or defensive skills.

He is more then willing to walk forward getting tagged with punch after punch. When he gets in range, his flurries can be somewhat effective and damaging, but as a whole the guy is nothing more then your traditional “mauler”. He cannot do anything except when he is two inches away from your face but get punched in the face, and that’s the exact reason why boxers have been giving Aydin trouble lately.

Now, Aydin faces one of the stiffest tests of his career against unproven prospect Ionut Dan Ion (who at one point was going to face off with Ajose Olusegun, but the fight fell through).

“Jo Jo” Dan thus far in his career has faced off with guys from the bottom of the barrel, and frankly I can say without a doubt that his competition has been pretty terrible.

The combined records of his last five opponents is a somewhat decent 98-40 (67KOs), but upon closer inspection you see that the competition of Ion’s competition is quite bad, and they were getting their wins from bums as well.

This will undoubtedly be a big step up for Jo Jo, and I feel this is the main reason why Aydin is so heavily favored. He has proven himself in some way, while Ion has been fighting nothing but taxi drivers.

Of course, competition doesn’t determine how good the fighter is, and I think Ion has some skills actually.

He is a quick, rangy southpaw who likes to pop the jab and sometimes shoot a straight left hand as well. His right hook is OK too, but it’s not something he uses all that often.

Ion isn’t too aggressive, he will come forward if his foe is going back but usually he likes to play the boxer role by moving around and using his jab and athleticism.

Defensively, I think Ion is surprising very good. Against the opponent’s he has faced so far, he rarely gets hit and likes to employ a bit of a “Mini-Mayweather” like defense. While most cannot pull it off, Ion does it unexpectedly well. As well as that, he also counters nicely when the opportunity arises.

There are some questions you have to ask about Jo Jo Dan though, the main question being how good is his chin? He rarely gets hit, and when he does nothing happens...but he has been getting hit by bums with inflated records who most likely none of which can hit as hard as Aydin does.

As well as that, Ion will be moving up to face Aydin in this fight. From his last fight, this will be a seven-pound increase in weight from light welterweight (140) to welterweight (147), and it is a bit of a question just how he will take the move up and how it will affect him.

Personally, if I were to guess I have a feeling the move up in weight will barely affect him. He has fought above 140-pounds 19 times out of his 26 fights, and has weighed in at 144-pounds or higher 14 times. I would not be surprised to see Ion come in at 145 to 146 pounds for this fight.

I do not think Selcuk Aydin should be nearly as big a favorite as he is, and I believe this is an extremely difficult fight for him. Aydin is not the type of fighter to evolve or improve much, and when he steps into the ring Saturday night he will be fighting in the exact same manor as always, just like against Ouali and Bonsu and every other fight he has ever had.

Jo Jo Dan has all the tools to give Aydin a ton of trouble, and I would even go so far as to say school him barring any unforeseen complications (like if Ion has a terrible chin).

There are a couple big advantages going for Ion in this fight. First off, he has a 4-inch height advantage and will be coming into the fight being significantly taller with a very solid reach advantage.

As well as that, he is a mover/boxer and that is just the type of fighter to make Aydin’s work very difficult.

Aydin’s foot speed is nowhere near as good as Ion’s, and if he cannot catch up to Ion (which I think will be very tough for him to do), he will have a long night ahead of him as he chases Ion around the ring getting punched in the face while he does it.

Personally, the only things I see going for Aydin is his power (the prospect of knocking Ion out, since his chin is untested) and the fact that this fight is in Turkey.

In any case, even though the fight is in Turkey I think that should Ion be convincing enough, they will give him the decision. After all, the scorecards were extremely close at the end of Aydin’s fight with Bonsu.

Selcuk Aydin is not very good at all, and quite frankly is one of the most overrated but unskilled fighters I can think of right now. Jo Jo Dan may be unproven, but I have a feeling he will earn his stripes on Saturday and, at the very worst, will put up a great fight and I believe could hand Aydin his first (official) professional loss.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Ion {+600}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Ion {+600}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

PPV Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night we are treated to a heavyweight title bout between Vitali Klitschko, (39-2, 37KOs) and Albert Sosnowski, (45-2, 27KOs) live from the Veltins Arena, Gelsenkirchen, Nordrhein-Westfalen, Germany.

Vitali opened up as the massive favorite in the fight and now sits at around –5000 at most books. Currently, you can score +2500 on Sosnowski.

The O/U on the bout is set at 8.5 rounds, with the under coming in at -400 and the over at +280. Klitschko by KO comes in at an unbelievable -615, while Klitschko by decision will reward you with +547. Sosnowski by KO hits the mark at +1461, and Sosnowski by decision lands at +5000. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +15000.

Vitali Klitschko is just coming off a one-sided shutout win over Kevin “Kingpin” Johnson five months ago in Switzerland.

In his fight with Johnson, Klitschko was able to pin (no pun intended) Johnson on the ropes for the duration of every round, landing the occasional shot. On the other hand, Johnson sat on the ropes for the entire fight, throwing very few punches and looking to do nothing but survive.

However, even though Klitschko was able to easily beat Johnson without so much as a sliver of resistance, I still did not like how he looked in that fight. Despite being only the second man to go the distance with Vitali, he was not running during the fight. As I said, he sat on the ropes and waited for Klitschko to come to him, something that happened.

But, when Vitali reached his target he was unable to find the timing to land on Johnson. Kevin is not very slick, and all he did was duck his head down to avoid the right hand. In doing so, he was able to avoid most of Vitali’s right hands and the damage that go along with them.

I’m not going to go so far as to say that Vitali might be losing a step, considering it was just one fight and he still shut the guy out, but there are a couple of things that may be end up rearing their heads soon enough. First off, Klitschko will be celebrating his 39th birthday in two months.

As well as that, he has many rounds on the speedometer. In his last four fights alone since his comeback, he has fought 39 rounds. There may be the issue of just having a lot of fights against a lot of world-class opposition.

Nonetheless, Vitali Klitschko has been on a force lately, and has racked off seven straight victories, six of which come by knockout, since losing to Lennox Lewis in 2003...a fight that he was ahead on the scorecards up at the time of the cut-induced stoppage (Vitali has never been behind on the scorecards at the end of a fight)!

Vitali is quite the athlete as a whole, and while he is not extraordinarily quick (he is quite fast though), and does not have huge one-punch KO power like his brother Wladimir (he hits quite hard though, obviously and has a better KO ratio), he has great reflexes and incredible boxing ability.

On the other end of the spectrum, we have Albert Sosnowski, who is coming off a relatively easy win over Paolo Vidoz in his residence of the United Kingdom.

First off, Sosnowski’s competition level as a whole is quite terrible. The best names on his resume are Danny Williams, who is shot but never that great to begin with and I suppose you could throw in Zuri Laurence as well.

Speaking of Laurence, Sosnowski was soundly outboxed by the infamously light punching (not a single knockout to his name!) and even lost a shutout eight round decision to Zuri.

In addition to those problems, Sosnowski is just not very good...at all...in any way. To start, the guy has next to no defense. Zuri was able to tee off so much on Sosnowski sometimes I thought he was playing golf! (Get it? Golf...haha?) Also, Sosnowski can be vulnerable to getting hit with the right, which spells disaster for anyone, let alone Albert.

As well as that, the guy is very slow. There is no question he is not going to be able to handle the speed and movement of Vitali, and he is much too slow to even have a hope of landing cleanly on Klitschko.

Adding to all of that, he just isn’t good skill wise. He does not box well, and he usually tends to come forward (with his hands pretty low might I add) and clinch.

I fully expect Vitali to make up for his poor performance against Kevin Johnson here. Albert Sosnowski is nothing, and poses absolutely no challenges to Vitali in any way, shape, or form on any given day.

Klitschko should be able to launch and land his shots as Sosnowski comes forward, and the movement will make it very difficult for Albert to catch up to him and grab.

Honestly, I would go so far as to say that if Vitali is not able to get the fight stopped by the ninth round, he is probably really slipping and done. And if he can’t stop him at all, well, he should just up and retire.

I do have to add though, that Vitali has not scored a KO (an actual, out cold knockout) since 2001. That’s nine years without a KO! Since then, Vitali has been able to pull off nine TKO/retirements out of eleven fights and has 23 TKO wins out of 37 stoppage victories.

Don’t get me wrong though, I do think Vitali will destroy him. Either the ref will stop it or his corner will after, I suspect, about 6 or 7 rounds. This fight should be like David vs. Goliath, except this time Goliath wins.

Krakrabbit: 8.40 Units On Klitschko By TKO {-210}
Boxeo: 4.20 Units On Klitschko By TKO {-210}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.10 Units On Klitschko By TKO {-210}
D3: 2.10 Units On Klitschko By TKO {-210}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 114 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 114, MMA fans will be treated to a light heavyweight fight when Quinton “Rampage” Jackson, (30-7, 14KO’s, 7 Submissions) battles once beaten Rashad Evans, (14-1, 5KO’s, 2 Submissions.) from the MGM Grand Garden Arena, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Jackson opened the contest as the slight betting favorite, but money has been coming in on Evans as of late and currently you can get Jackson at +105 and Evans at -125.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -125, and the Will Go at -115. Jackson ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +250, while Jackson by decision will reward you with +245. Evans ITD hits the mark at +261, and Evans by decision lands at +254. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +5500.

Rashad Evans is just coming off a unanimous decision victory over Thiago Silva four months ago at UFC 108. However, despite pulling off the win it is easy to say that he did not look great.

In his fight with Silva, Evans was fighting fine for most of the first round, but at the same time Rashad made the mistake of trying to outmuscle his bigger opponent and gassed himself doing so.

Late in the second round Evans began to show his fatigue a bit, as his takedowns were slower and he took more time to rest when pinning Thiago up against the cage.

By the third round Evans was quite tired and was mostly in a survival mode. He had less head movement, he threw weaker punches, he was huffing and his activity was very low. Midway through the round Silva caught Rashad with a right hand and nearly stopped him.

In fact, Evans was on Queer Street for about a minute and half and did not recover well. The only thing that kept Evans from getting another KO loss on his record was the fact that Thiago gassed as well and didn’t have enough energy to close the show.

Which brings me to Evans’ style. He is a good boxer, one of the best “boxers” in MMA. He has very good, constant head movement and he has a solid jab and doesn’t always throw wild shots. Evans is also a fine wrestler with a quick, strong double leg takedown.

There are some questions surrounding his chin though. Lyoto Machida devastated Evans in two rounds, knocking him out cold and as we know Thiago Silva nearly knocked him out as well. I personally think his chin is OK, but if a decent puncher hits him cleanly he doesn’t hold up well. I also do not like his recovery ability, as he has trouble getting his wits back after getting stunned.

As well as that, some people question Evans’ cardio based off the fight with Silva. I think the main reason Evans gassed in that fight was because he made the mistake of trying to bully and manipulate the bigger guy (which is something I don’t expect him to do this time), and in addition to that he was not in fantastic shape.

Not bad, mind you but this time around I feel Evans looks to be in much better shape and should have no trouble going three rounds should the fight last that long.

Quinton “Rampage” Jackson is coming off a unanimous decision win as well, over Keith Jardine.

Now, first off I know it may look bad that Jackson was unable to finish Jardine off and do what Ryan Bader, Houston Alexander and Thiago Silva did, but you have to keep in mind that Jardine ran like a track star for the entire fight.

During the fight, Rampage was constantly coming forward, but honestly he was doing little else then that. He was seldom hit cleanly and most of the punches from Jardine were either blocked or dodged completely. Despite Jardine’s difficult style in that fight, Jackson was able to drop him in the second round with a single left hook but was unable to finish him off.

By the third round though, Jackson was dead tired and was barely able to keep his hands up. This is something I did not like to see from Rampage, in a rather slow paced fight. In fact, Rampage’s punch activity throughout the fight was also quite low, and despite these things he was still extremely tired at the end of the fight.

I feel that Rampage looks to be in better shape then when he fought against Jardine, but nonetheless I would venture to say that Evans, based off their last fights, has better cardio.

In addition to him gassing in that fight, you also have to take into account that this will be Jackson’s first fight in over 14 months. Aside from that, Jackson has not simply been out of the ring he has also been off doing things completely unrelated to the sport.

Making movies (the A-Team movie) being one of those other activities. As well as that, Rampage has also previously stated that if he had his way he would still be retired and “doing his own thing”. That, I believe, is not a great mentality to have going into this fight.

Stylistically, I think this is a fine match up for Rashad Evans. He has the significant speed advantage, solid head movement and most importantly great footwork. I think Evans has more then enough ability to move around (borderline running around actually) and stay out of Rampage’s danger zone while landing his own quick shots.

Rampage is a decent counter puncher with some all right bobbing and weaving, but I think Evans has much better pure boxing ability and the speed advantage for Evans in his feet and hands could end up being a deciding factor in this fight.

I’m not going to discount Rampage in any way here though, as he does have a puncher’s chance. If he can land a big shot, I am sure that he will at the very least put Evans in a place he doesn’t like to be, and perhaps even finish him off.

Speaking of finishing, I think a stoppage victory for Evans is pretty much out of the question. Evans is not regarded as a huge puncher (5KOs in 14 wins) in my book. Even though he stopped Chuck Liddell and Forrest Griffin, you have to remember that those two men have weak chins.

Rampage has a very good chin as it is anyway. I do not see anyway that you can compare Rashad Evans’ power to that of Wanderlei Silva, Chuck Liddell, Mauricio Rua or Dan Henderson.

I expect Evans to use his superior boxing ability to outpoint Rampage in a somewhat boring fight where Evans is moving while Rampage is following. I cannot help but cover my Evans play with a Rampage ITD play though, as the possibility of “the” punch will always be there.

Krakrabbit: 2.00 Units On Evans By Decision {+254} & 1.00 Units On Jackson By KO {+250}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Evans By Decision {+254} & 1.00 Units On Jackson By KO {+250}}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Evans By Decision {+254} & 1.00 Units On Jackson By KO {+250}
D3: 1.00 Units On Evans By Decision {+254} & 1.00 Units On Jackson By KO {+250}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 114 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 114, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight fight when Efrain Escudero, (12-1, 1KO, 9 Submissions) battles Dan Lauzon, (12-3, 6KO’s, 6 Submissions.) from the MGM Grand Garden Arena, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Escudero opened the contest as the betting favorite, and the lines have not moved much since they opened. Currently you can get Escudero at -450 and Lauzon at +360.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -400, and the Will Go at +280. Escudero ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at -180, while Escudero by decision will reward you with +360. Lauzon ITD hits the mark at +350, and Lauzon by decision lands at +1382. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +9000.

The Ultimate Fighter winner Efrain Escudero will be making his return to the cage after losing via armbar in the third round of his last fight against Evan Dunham four months ago.

In his fight with Dunham, Escudero was able to stun Dunham with a vicious punch and was only seconds away from stopping him in the first round. However, somehow Dunham escaped and survived the round.

After a round of little action in the second, Dunham was able to sink in an extremely tight armbar and tap Escudero out, handing him his very first loss as a professional.

Escudero was easily winning his fight with Dunham leading up to the armbar, which nearly broke his arm.

Stylistically, Escudero is actually quite good. His stand up is sufficient and he has more power then people may think considering he only has a single knockout.

On the ground, Escudero has shown some serious skill...when he’s on top. If Efrain can get on top of you, odds are you are not going to get up unless you tapped. But, as Dunham showed in the fight if you can get on top of Escudero he has some problems defending.

Dan Lauzon is himself coming off a loss as well in which he was submitted in the very first round by Cole Miller at UFC 108.

In his fight with Miller, Lauzon was soundly losing to his superior opponent and was eventually caught with a Kimura in round one.

Dan Lauzon is the brother of Joe “J-Lau” Lauzon. Dan, I feel, is the worse of the two brothers. His ground game is worse, and while neither Lauzon has much of a stand up game I also think Joe has better striking as well.

Efrain Escudero is a very solid fighter, and I just think that he is a class higher then Lauzon. Dan will lose the stand up war (where I wouldn’t be shocked to see him get hurt), and there is little chance for him on the ground. Whether the fight is standing or on the mat, Escudero will be able to dominate.

I expect Escudero to get the fight to the ground at some point early in the fight and submit Lauzon, probably before the end of the second round.

Krakrabbit: 1.25 Units On Escudero By Submission {-125}
Boxeo: 1.25 Units On Escudero By Submission {-125}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.25 Units On Escudero By Submission {-125}
D3: 1.25 Units On Escudero By Submission {-125}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 114 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 114, MMA fans will be treated to a welterweight fight when Amir Sadollah, (3-1, 1 Submission) battles undefeated Dong Hyun “Stun Gun” Kim, (12-0, 6KO’s, 1 Submission) from the MGM Grand Garden Arena, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Sadollah opened the contest as the slight betting favorite, but a small amount of money has been coming in on Kim as of late and currently you can get Kim at +110 and Sadollah at -130.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -120, and the Will Go at -120. Sadollah ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +230, while Sadollah by decision will reward you with +200. Kim ITD hits the mark at +275, and Kim by decision lands at +294. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +5500.

Amir Sadollah, a winner of The Ultimate Fighter is just coming off a relatively easy unanimous decision win over Brad Blackburn, in a fight that netted him his second consecutive win in the UFC.

Sadollah is often regarded as being a submission man, but with only a single submission in his professional career (over C.B. Dollaway in his very first fight) I cannot say the same.

At this point in his career, Sadollah likes to stand most of the time and rarely even hits the mat in his fights. However, even though he likes to stand and fight most of the time does not mean he is good at it.

Sadollah has been improving his stand up game, but he is little else but a sub par stand up fighter with decent knees in the clinch. Other then his Muay Thai clinch and the knees that go along with it, he poses little danger while on his feet.

He has little to no power, his striking is not very good and his defense is quite weak. And Sadollah needs defense as well, because he has a bad chin without a doubt.

Amir was very badly hurt and nearly finished by Phil Baroni when Baroni has stamina (during the first 30 seconds of the fight), was hurt by Brad Blackburn (who also ended up gassing), and was knocked out by Johny Hendricks in one round in his lone defeat.

Dong Hyun Kim is coming off a victory himself, a one sided UD over TJ Grant ten months ago.

In his fight with Grant, Kim displayed more of his top game as he was in Grant’s guard for the majority of the fight and working his ground and pound and lay and pray skills.

Dong Hyun Kim is mostly a lay and prayer. He isn’t really a strong wrestler, but when the fight does hit the mat he usually ends up on top inside the guard. When Kim is on top though, he does very little except the occasional elbow or punch to the body, and he very rarely tries to advance position unless necessary.

Striking wise, Kim isn’t too bad. He doesn’t excel at any one thing while on his feet, but his striking is usually somewhat straight and he usually doesn’t get too wild with his punches.

As a whole, Kim likes to impose his size advantage on his opponents. He is pretty big for 170-pounds, and he will come into this fight as the significantly bigger guy against Amir Sadollah.

I feel Dong is extremely live in this situation, and it is only a matter of time before Amir Sadollah loses once again. Kim has arguably better striking, and is very good at avoiding damage and submissions when he is on top on the ground.

I expect a stand up fight here though, and I think Kim should be able to land enough to win some rounds. Combined with the occasional cage hugging and lay and pray, I think Dong Hyun Kim can pull off the slight upset by decision.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Kim {+110} & .50 Units On Kim By Decision {+294}
Boxeo: 2.00 Units On Kim {+110} & 1.00 Units On Kim By Decision {+294}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Kim {+110}
D3: 1.00 Units On Kim {+110}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 114 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 114, MMA fans will be treated to a heavyweight fight when Todd Duffee, (6-0, 6KO’s) battles once beaten Mike Russow, (12-1, 2KO’s, 8 Submissions.) from the MGM Grand Garden Arena, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Duffee opened the contest as the somewhat large betting favorite, and his lines have remained pretty steady thus far. Currently you can get Duffee at -340 and Russow at +280.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -420, and the Will Go at +300. Duffee ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at -180, while Duffee by decision will reward you with +469. Russow ITD hits the mark at +393, and Russow by decision lands at +650. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +8000.

Todd Duffee is fresh off the record setting 7-second knockout of Tim Hague nine months ago at UFC 102.

Since there isn’t much to talk about regarding Duffee’s last fight (knocked Hague out with the first jab he threw...the end) I will instead explain about his style.

Duffee has only had six fights, and this will only be his second fight in the UFC. Thus far, Duffee’s competition level has been atrocious. In fact, the combined records of Duffee’s opponents are 38-39 (excluding Tim who didn’t even have a chance to fight), with the majority of those losses coming by knockout.

Duffee is a brawler without a doubt. He likes to stand, trade and exchange punches with anyone he is up against. From what I’ve seen so far his boxing ability isn’t great, but he sure can punch. He throws with force and power, and I’m not so sure Russow can take a solid shot from him.

There are things we haven’t seen from Duffee yet though. First off, we have no idea what kind of ground game he has. If I were to guess, I would think that he is very limited off his back and can’t compete with a ground fighter on the mat. But, that’s all speculation considering Duffee never hits the ground.

As well as that, Todd may have stamina issues we never get to see. He has only been past three minutes twice and has only fought for 8:12 seconds combined in his last three fights!

Mike Russow on the other hand is a ground fighter, who likes to be on the mat and does not love to stand and brawl. Russow is coming off an easy unanimous decision win over Justin McCully at UFC 102.

Russow’s style is purely ground oriented, and he usually likes to initiate a clinch or a takedown soon after the fight begins. His stand up is not great, and I don’t think he will be able to beat Duffee at his own game, especially considering he has very little power in his gloves.

Despite his striking liabilities though, I think Russow a decent submission wrestler. He doesn’t shoot with huge double leg takedowns, but he does have a pretty solid single leg (his takedown of choice).

Todd Duffee usually has the physical advantage in his fights, but I think this will be the first time he will be facing off with a guy just as big as he is.

Personally, I think where this fight lands determines the winner. If it’s a standup fight we see, Duffee will easily win. If the fight hits the mat at any point, I expect Russow to be able to submit Duffee with relative ease unless Todd has hidden ground skills off his back.

At the odds though, and the fact that Russow is extremely underrated with a superior ground game, I think I’ll take a shot on him here and hope he gets the takedown. If Russow can get the takedown, he will most likely get the sub soon after.

Krakrabbit: .50 Units On Russow ITD {+393}
Boxeo: .50 Units On Russow ITD {+393}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: .50 Units On Russow ITD {+393}
D3: .50 Units On Russow ITD {+393}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night we are treated to the fourth fight between featherweight’s Rafael Marquez, (38-5, 34KOs) and Israel Vasquez, (44-4, 32KOs) live from the Staples Center, Los Angeles, California.

Vasquez opened as the favorite in the fight but a huge amount of public money has been coming in on Marquez, knocking his number all they way from the original plus money side set by the books to a –150 favorite! Currently, you can grab Vasquez at +125.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the under coming in at -115 and the over at -115 as well. Vasquez by KO comes in at +260, while Vasquez by decision will reward you with +495. Marquez by KO hits the mark at +135, and Marquez by decision lands at +387. The odds the fight is declared a draw land at +3500.

This will be the fourth time Rafael Marquez and Israel Vasquez face off with each other inside the ring in a trilogy that has spanned three years and 25 rounds as a whole. Currently, Vasquez is leading the series of fights 2-1 (1KO).

I don’t feel the need to run through every one of their epic fights, as I imagine nearly every boxing fan has seen all three fights at some point and time, perhaps even multiple times!

However, despite Vasquez getting the better of two of the three fights, I feel that Marquez, as he did in all three of the other fights, is going to give Vasquez hell.

Rafael Marquez is a sharp counter puncher, who, if he has his way, will prefer to strike when you are most vulnerable and wait for the perfect opportunity to put your lights out. Don’t get me wrong though, Marquez is always willing to brawl, as he showed in each of his legendary fights with Vasquez.

Israel Vasquez on the other hand is a brawler 100% percent of the time and loves to get in close with his opponent and exchange punches for three minutes of every round. The guy has weak pure boxing ability, but when it comes to brawling it is tough to slug with this guy.

I feel, stylistically, that once again Marquez has the upper hand here. He is quicker, has a good jab (that, in reality, does nothing to keep Vasquez from coming forward though), is a sufficient brawler that he can trade punches long enough to get back into boxing and most importantly he has a very strong right hand.

Vasquez is very bad defensively, and when I say bad I really mean B-A-D. Israel eats everything his opposition throws at him without even considering the possibility of trying to box, but he is particularly vulnerable to getting tagged with the right hand. He is a blood and guts warrior and loves nothing more then to stand toe-to-toe with whomever he is fighting and slug it out to determine the victor.

As far as blood and guts goes, Vasquez also has some of the thinnest skin in boxing without a doubt, and he often cuts and cuts very badly.

He was cut in every fight with Marquez, and in addition to that he also suffered a huge gash in his last fight against Angel Antonio Priolo.

Speaking of his fight with Priolo, I feel that anyone looking for reasons to back Marquez this time around should check that fight out. In my opinion, Israel looked quite bad.

He stopped Priolo in the ninth round, but his “warm-up” fight was by no means easy for him. The fight was tied on two of the judge’s scorecards at the time of the stoppage, and Vasquez looked like he was struggling to beat his unimpressive opponent.

Priolo was on a 6-fight losing streak and had been knocked out in five of those losses, and was knocked out in seven rounds or less in every KO loss. If that doesn’t tell the story of Priolo, I don’t know what will.

During the fight, as I mentioned Vasquez suffered a serious cut over his left eye (presumably from the right hands of Priolo), and not only that but Priolo was seriously competing with Vasquez at his own game: brawling!

Now, I don’t think Vasquez was fighting that much differently from how he usually fights. He had no defense and was fighting his usual linear fight of trying to get inside and brawl, but I feel that even though his style hasn’t changed at all his effectiveness at implementing his style has deteriorated.

One thing that surprised me in his last fight was his difficulty hurting Priolo over the course of the fight. I believe that the reason he couldn’t hurt his weak-chinned opponent easily is because of the weight.

His last fight and this fight will take place at 126, whereas the vast majority of Vasquez’s other fights occurred at 122-pounds. I think, as is the case with a lot of smaller fighters who move up in weight that Vasquez lost some of his power moving up in weight.

As for Marquez, Rafael also had a warm-up fight against Jose Francisco Mendoza in the 126-pound division. In his fight with Mendoza, Marquez started out slow and struggled in the first two rounds but in the third round Rafael landed a right hand that put Mendoza down. The fight was waved off after the knockdown.

Marquez also did not look great and did struggle a bit but it was his first fight in 14-months. But at least he was able to knock his opponent out much easier then Vasquez was able to knock what was supposed to be a no-hoper out.

Based off what I saw from Vasquez against Priolo, I personally believe that Vasquez will not stop Marquez this time around. Obviously the possibility is there as Israel throws with force and Marquez has somewhat weak chin, but I think the weight increase for Vasquez has decreased his power.

As for Marquez, I think he can stop Vasquez if he lands well enough. He has very good power, and Vasquez has been dropped and hurt when they faced off before. Of course, that was at 122-pounds but based off what I saw Marquez still looked like he had the pop in his gloves...particularly his right hand.

Speaking of, I think the right hand will cause many problems for Vasquez in this fight. Priolo was able to land his right hand at will on Israel throughout their fight, and if he can do it Marquez can do it as well. In addition to that, Marquez can crack and should he land a solid shot I wouldn’t be surprised to see Vasquez get dropped.

As well as pure power and style match ups, I can guarantee that Israel Vasquez is going to bleed in this fight. He always gets cut, and at this point in his career his face has got to have very sensitive scar tissue that will open up as soon as he gets hit. Going up against a precise puncher like Marquez will make his face fall apart faster and fall apart worse.

Adding to that, I believe there is a chance this fight gets stopped based off damage caused by Marquez. Not only will Vasquez’s face be ripping to shreds during the fight, but Vasquez also had surgery on his eye for a detached retina. Should he take a ton of shots on that eye, the ringside officials may want to call the fight.

Honestly, I expect a great fight once again, whether or not these two have diminished a bit. Personally, I think Marquez and Vasquez fought so hard so many times that they took each other’s prime.

But that’s beside the fact that I think Marquez has a little more left in the tank and will be able to counter punch his way to a decision win or a doctor stoppage.

Krakrabbit: 3.00 Units On Marquez {+135}
Boxeo: 5.00 Units On Marquez {+135}
Grass Hopper: 1.00 Units On Marquez {+135}
Doody: 2.00 Units On Marquez {+135}
D3: 2.00 Units On Marquez {+135}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night fight fans will be treated to light welterweight fight when former lightweight champion of the world Nate “The Galaxxy Warrior” Campbell, (33-5, 25KO’s) faces off with young star “Vicious” Victor Ortiz, (26-2, 21KO’s) live from Madison Square Garden, New York, New York.

Ortiz opened as the favorite in the fight and now sits at around -160 at some books. Currently, you can score +130 on Campbell.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the under coming in at -125, and the over getting you +100.

Victor Ortiz is fresh off another victory in his growing career over journeyman Hector Alatorre three months ago in California.

In his fight with Alatorre, Ortiz was able to easily control the pace and action of the fight and faced no opposition from Hector at any point during the fight. However, Ortiz opted to try out his pure boxing skills against Alatorre and showed no desire for the knockout until the final round.

In the tenth and final round, Victor came out of the starting gates launching a volley of punches and quickly put Alatorre down. Soon after dropping him Ortiz finished the show and netted himself another stoppage win. It was evident then that Ortiz probably could have earned the KO in only a couple rounds if he wanted to.

However, his fight with Alatorre was nothing else but a stay-busy fight, and his most significant fights came before that bout.

Despite looking “bad”, as many people say, it appears to me that Victor was just looking to hone his boxing skills a bit in preparation of his next opponent, and I feel he did that quite easily.

Even when fighting opponents other then bums, Ortiz shows that he has a solid skill set and is a very good fighter as a whole.

He possesses quick hands and has the ability to fire off lightning fast combinations as well as strong, but speedy, right hooks (to the head and body, although he isn’t a huge body puncher) and left hands.

As well as that, the guy can punch! With 21KOs out of 26 victories, it is evident that saying he has good power is an understatement. He has been able to stop men such as Mike Arnaoutis and Emmanuel Clottey, and was also able to hurt and knockdown Marcos Rene Maidana.

In fact, speaking of his fight with Maidana, Victor Ortiz showed that even though he was stopped in that fight he does have a very strong beard. Shortly into the fight, Ortiz was able to drop and severely hurt Maidana (he dropped him three times!), before eventually getting put on the canvas himself. Throughout the fight, Ortiz was bombed with vicious punches, and in the sixth round, Ortiz was knocked down once again, and despite getting back up after the knockdown, Victor eventually quit.

Nate Campbell is coming off a rather odd fight against Timothy Bradley nine months ago in California as well.

In his short fight with Bradley, Campbell was eventually cut by a head butt in the third round. Soon after being cut, the blood began to flow and upon Campbell stating he could not see and was seeing spots, the fight was stopped.

Originally ruled a TKO win for Bradley, Campbell and his camp appealed the verdict and the fight’s result ended up being changed to a No Contest (not that it mattered to bettors).

Thus far in his career, Nate Campbell has been mostly overlooked as a top tier fighter in the lightweight (now light welterweight) but has always been a pretty solid contender.

His speed has never been extraordinary, his power has never been nuclear and his chin isn’t pure granite, but Campbell has managed to remain relevant (even at the age of 38) with skill and determination.

His boxing ability is better then most people give him credit for, but his bread and butter is his inside game. When inside, Campbell has some very strong body shots and has always been a very good inside fighter despite having those long arms.

However, at this point during his career I must ask if Nate Campbell is finally slowing down some and “losing it”.

Although his fight with Bradley only lasted three rounds, it was evident that Campbell just didn’t look right. He was easily being outboxed by Bradley, a brawler-turned-boxer who is no Muhammed Ali and on top of that Campbell was being hit A LOT!

Campbell was not throwing any punches, and for three rounds could not catch up to Bradley and his foot movement or defend much of anything Bradley was sending his way.

My thoughts are that if Nate was having (extreme) difficulties with Timothy Bradley’s boxing ability and foot speed, what will happen when he steps into the ring against Victor Ortiz.

There is no question that Ortiz faster, stronger and an overall better boxer then Bradley is. While Campbell has been able to turn back the clock against Ali Funeka (barely) and Juan Diaz, everyone that old has to “expire” at some point and slow down.

I’m not going to say that Campbell is 100% gone and doesn’t stand a chance here, but frankly, I think he’s going to get outboxed pretty badly in this situation.

Victor Ortiz is quicker then Campbell in every way and should be able to use his superior boxing skills to score points, land with ease and as a whole just beat down his slower, older opponent.

As well as that, while I would lean toward Ortiz winning a lopsided unanimous decision, I feel there is a chance that he can stop Campbell.

Nate was getting hit so much against Bradley, and he has been knocked out before, that I believe if Ortiz sits down on something hard and it lands, The Galaxxy Warrior could very well be going down.

With a gun to my head though, I would venture to say that Victor Ortiz wins a decision here, perhaps around 98-92.

Krakrabbit: 8.00 Units On Ortiz {-160}
Boxeo: 16.00 Units On Ortiz {-160}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 3.20 Units On Ortiz {-160}
D3: 3.20 Units On Ortiz {-160}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

UK Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night fight fans will be treated to lightweight title fight when reigning WBO Inter-Continental lightweight champion of the world Kevin Mitchell, (31-0, 23KO’s) looks to take home the interim WBO lightweight title when he faces off with Michael Katsidis, (26-2, 21KO’s) live from the Upton Park, West Ham, London, United Kingdom.

Mitchell opened the contest as the slight betting favorite and the line has remained pretty much stagnant with Mitchell resting at –145 and Katsidis sitting at +125 to score the upset.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the under coming in at -120, and the over at -120 as well.

This will be Kevin Mitchell’s biggest step up in his 31-fight career thus far. Mitchell is fresh off a second round knockout victory over no-hoper Ignacio Mendoza three months ago in London.

So far in Mitchell’s career, he has been facing opposition that most could call “cans”...to say the least. Aside from a couple names such as Walter Estrada (basically a can) and Breidis Prescott (overrated, possible can be placed in the “can” category as well), Mitchell’s resume is extremely thin.

Don’t let that fool you though, Kevin Mitchell is a strong “prospect” (funny to use the word prospect on a 31-fight veteran) and has some serious skills to boot.

He has quick hands and he likes to use them. When he fires off, he throws quick, often strong combinations and then moves around to avoid being hit. Speaking of, his footwork is quite impressive, and I can easily say that Mitchell is a very good boxer.

At times, I will admit, he does sometimes get a little “runny”, as in, he moves around just a bit too much. But, even when running around the ring, he does keep his head and he is a good, fundamental fighter.

Mitchell has a strong, stiff and quick jab that he uses often in every one of his fights. Mitchell’s jab is his main weapon, and he uses it to keep his opponent at bay as well as set up his own quick combinations.

As with any untested fighter though, there are some questions still surrounding Mitchell. The most important in my mind is whether his chin is up to snuff or not. The biggest puncher he has faced is Breidis Prescott, and Prescott, while he did land some solid punchers, has overrated power.

Speaking of overrated power, I am a bit worried that Mitchell may not punch just as hard as his record suggests. As I mentioned Mitchell’s opponents to date have been mostly taxi drivers, and while Mitchell does punch with force when he sits down, it is uncertain just how much power he actually has at a world class level.

Michael Katsidis is coming off a victory as well eight months ago over Vicente Escobedo in a fight he won a split decision in.

Personally, I think Katsidis pretty much dominated his very inactive opponent, but despite this strong performance as always Michael showed off some of his glaring flaws...but first, the good about Katsidis.

He has solid punch activity to start. He throws, he throws often and he isn’t afraid of taking 1000 punches to land his one punch.

Aside from that, well, I’ll be honest; I think Michael Katsidis is extremely overrated. His punching power is not what it seems as well. He has only had one stoppage in his last five fights (he has gone 3-2 in his last five as well), and had Jesus Chavez not quit after round seven, I am not so sure he was going to be stopped either.

As well as that, his defense is bad with a capital “B”. As I mentioned, he is more then willing to take everything his opponent can throw at him just to land one of his own punches. Although his chin looks to be decent, he was stopped by Joel Casamayor in a barnburner (he also dropped Casamayor) after getting knocked down three times over the course of the fight.

In addition, his face holds up terribly during his fights. After his fight with Casamayor (he was even cut in the first round!), Katsidis’ eye was closed shut and his entire face was so puffy you could barely even tell who he was. He cuts badly, he swells even worse, and anything and everything seems to damage this guy’s face with ease.

Skill wise, Katsidis is pretty much a one trick pony. He comes forward taking everything his foe dishes out and tries to land his own shots. Nothing special about his style or what he does. If he has boxing ability, I’ve never seen it used heavily before.

He is a warrior, no doubt about that but when it comes down to employing the “Sweet Science” part of a fight, he doesn’t know what to do except throw and hope he doesn’t get knocked out by one of the many punches bouncing off his head.

Personally, I believe this is a terrible match up for Michael Katsidis. He is extremely vulnerable defensively, and he is liable to getting outboxed as well.

Kevin Mitchell is faster, has better foot speed (if he moves around continuously, “Kats” won’t be able to catch him), and a solid jab to keep popping into Katsidis’ face.

If I were to guess, I would expect Mitchell to easily outbox Katsidis on his way to a one sided decision. Especially in the United Kingdom, it will be extremely difficult for Katsidis to win in any manner except knockout. However, Michael’s face falls apart so easily that I think there is a possibility that this fight gets stopped at some point due to cuts/swelling.

Mitchell will be constantly landing something on Katsidis (at the very least the jab), and you never know just how bad Katsidis’ face will rip apart over the course of 12 rounds.

Krakrabbit: 4.35 Units On Mitchell {-145}
Boxeo: 4.35 Units On Mitchell {-145}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.90 Units On Mitchell {-145}
D3: 2.90 Units On Mitchell {-145}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night Amir “King” Khan (22-1, 16KO’s) will square off against slick boxer Paulie “Magic Man” Malignaggi, (27-3, 5KO’s) live from the Madison Square Garden, New York, New York.

Khan was quickly installed as the clear betting favorite in the fight and the line has pretty much stayed steady with Khan circling around the –650 mark. Malignaggi supporters can grab the underdog money at +475. The O/U on the bout is set at 11.5 rounds, with the over coming in at -140 and the under at +120.

Khan by KO comes in at +150, while Khan by decision will get you +124. Malignaggi by KO hits the mark at +1435, and Malignaggi by decision lands at +685.

This will be Amir Khan’s debut in the United States, as he has never fought outside of the United Kingdom.

There is a lot of hype surrounding Khan as of late, and top tier fighters such as Timothy Bradley and Devon Alexander have already been going back and forth with Khan talking about a possible fight down the road! He will have to get past the Magic Man first though.

A quick glance at Amir Khan’s resume though, and you will wonder why everyone is expecting Khan to go to such high heights. The opposition he has faced is pretty embarrassing for the most part, and the best names you will see on there are Graham Earl, (an extremely faded) Marco Antonio Barrera and Andriy Kotelnik. I suppose you could throw in Breidis Prescott in there, but he knocked Khan out in :54 seconds so I don’t know if that would count.

While I’m on that note, the first thing you have to note about Khan is that his chin is nothing but an extremely thin piece of glass. As I just mentioned, he was knocked out in under a minute by Prescott and aside from that has had a history of chin issues.

He was getting knocked down and knocked out in the amateurs, and he has been knocked down and out in the pros as well. Most likely because of his chin problems, Khan has joined up with Freddie Roach and as since has adopted a much safer style of fighting.

Amir no longer leaves his chin open, and when he punches he brings his hands back as soon as possible to protect his fragile chin from shattering open again.

Adding to that, Khan is not very “slick” in the sense of head movement but instead takes a page out of “Ivan Calderon’s Book of Elusiveness” and usually opts to simply move away from punches, instead of actually avoiding them.

For his glaring chin issue though, the guy does have skill. Khan has some quick hands and a solid, often used jab as well. In addition to that, Khan has some pop in his hands, although his power at the “elite” level is a bit unproven. After all, he holds no knockouts against real, notable fighters. Although some of that may be attributed to his lack of competition.

Paulie Malignaggi is coming off a unanimous decision win over Juan Diaz, in a rematch from their first fight nine months ago in Texas.

In his second fight with Diaz, Malignaggi was able to easily outbox Diaz throughout the course of the fight and put on a solid performance against a very aggressive workhorse of a fighter.

What was shocking in that fight though was when Malignaggi was able to hurt Juan Diaz in the sixth round. The only thing that kept Diaz from at least going down was Malignaggi’s complete lack of finishing skills, although you cannot really blame him considering he has five knockouts.

Paulie Malignaggi looked to be on the decline of his career for a little while after his loss to Ricky Hatton. After the Hatton fight (his only, albeit bogus, stoppage loss) he went on to look less then spectacular against Christopher Fernandez, and then lost the decision to Juan Diaz.

However, Malignaggi showed (I believe in both Diaz fights), that he isn’t completely finished yet and still has the stuff to remain a contender in the division.

Magic Man has very good hand speed and counter punching ability as well as some solid boxing skills and because he has little to no power (5 knockouts in 27 wins!) he has been able to focus on honing his pure boxing ability.

In addition to his offensive skills, Malignaggi isn’t half bad defensively either. Because he keeps his hands low most of the time, Malignaggi employs some sufficient head movement that has proven to be hit or miss depending on who he is facing (Cotto hit him a lot, Diaz hit him a little to put it simply).

As well as his overall ability, Paulie also has a very good chin. He took a total beating from Miguel Cotto, even getting dropped in the second round and still went the distance). His stoppage loss to Ricky Hatton was caused by nothing else but his then-trainer Buddy McGirt, who stopped the fight in the 11th round despite Malignaggi showing no signs of being knocked out or even hurt.

Frankly, I think this is an interesting match up. I am certain Khan won’t be looking for the stoppage in this fight, so that only leaves the option of outboxing the boxer for “King Khan”, and I’m not so sure that will be an easy feet for him to accomplish.

Paulie Malignaggi is no scrub, and is vastly more skilled then anyone Khan has ever faced in his professional career, by far. This will be a huge step up in competition for Khan, and his ability to perform against an elite fighter has not been seen.

And if outboxing Malignaggi wasn’t hard enough as it is, he will also have to do so in New York, where Malignaggi was born, raised and currently resides at.

I’m not saying they will rob Khan should the fight go to the cards, but he has only lost in New York once, and that was when taking the beating against Miguel Cotto...and the scores were quite close (115-112, 116-111 twice all for Cotto).

As well as that, this will be Amir Khan’s debut fighting on American soil.

Call me crazy as well, but I venture to guess that Paulie Malignaggi could, possibly, stun Amir Khan in this fight. If he lands a picture perfect punch, I feel there is a chance that Khan will show signs of feeling it. Now, I know it sounds crazier then a comeback from Naseem Hamed, but Malignaggi was able to hurt the Baby Bull Juan Diaz, and his chin will always be better then Khan’s.

Keep in mind though that I don’t expect Paulie to be getting his sixth knockout, but if he were to get another against anyone, it will be Amir Khan.

I feel that this is a tough fight for Khan, and that this will not be another easy fight against one of the other no-hopers he has faced. Malignaggi is a live dog here, and I did not have an easy time deciding which way to go on this one.

In the end though, I just can’t be sure how this one is going to end, although I am certain of one thing: Khan won’t be stopping Malignaggi (barring a fight ending cut).

Khan should be just good enough to beat Paulie on points in a close fight, but his true skills are unproven and Malignaggi has more then enough experience and skill to give Amir some fits during the fight. If I HAD to choose one or the other though, I would say Khan via close decision.

Krakrabbit: 1.40 Units On Over 11.5 Rounds {-140} & 1.00 Units On Khan By Decision {+124}
Boxeo: .50 Units On Malignaggi {+475}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.40 Units On Over 11.5 Rounds {-140}
D3: 1.40 Units On Over 11.5 Rounds {-140}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

Strikeforce Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on Strikeforce: Heavy Artillery, MMA fans will be treated to a heavyweight fight when powerhouse Alistair “Demolition Man” Overeem, (32-11, 12KO’s, 19 Submissions) battles once beaten Brett “The Grim” Rogers, (10-1, 9KO’s, 1 Submission) from the Scottrade Center, St. Louis, Missouri.

Overeem opened the contest as the betting favorite and his line has remained pretty steady, with Overeem resting at –351 and Rogers sitting at +271.

This will be Alistair Overeem’s first fight in the United States in 18-months, and this fight is being looked upon closely for obvious reasons.

The main reason being, if Alistair “Ubereem” will be able to pass the drug testing for this fight. It is pretty much common knowledge that Overeem has been on steroids for several years, and if you look back earlier in his career he probably could have cut to 205-pounds if he wanted to at some times.

At this point though, the man just looks like a freight train and an absolute beast. He is a massive 6’5, 260lbs and most likely reaches the 270-pound mark in between fights.

I personally believe that “Ubereem” will pass the drug testing, as there are ways to get past drug tests, especially when the tests only test urine, but there is the matter of how not being on the juice will affect him in this fight.

For his last fight (in K-1 I believe), Overeem did not come in at a mighty 260lbs and instead opted to drop some pounds, most likely in preparation of his Strikeforce fight in the US.

I am sure that Overeem has been easing off using the ‘roids so heavily, but when you have been on them for as long as he has what will taking them away somewhat suddenly do to him physically?

I feel that there is a strong possibility Alistair comes into this fight at less then 100%. Unless Overeem has some super secret tactic of weaning himself off the “stuff”, I think he will have a lot of trouble performing the way he does with the juice without it.

Of course, this is all assuming he is actually on something, but come on, look at the guy. You don’t get that big eating horsemeat.

Since I don’t know how he will look in this fight, I can only state how he fights when he is over in other countries where they don’t test their fighters.

He is quite slow, but he packs a massive punch. His clinch game is extremely deadly, and his “Uberknees” as some call them can end the fight quickly. As well as that, his ground game is also quite impressive, when he needs to use it. In fact, Alistair even has more submissions then he does knockouts!

There are a number of questions surrounding Overeem though, especially in this fight.

First off, there is no way a guy that big can have good stamina. It’s basically impossible to say the least. As well as that, Alistair has not been past the first round since fighting Paul Buentello in 2007 (in Strikeforce), and hasn’t been past two rounds since going up against Vitor Belfort in 2006 (also in Strikeforce).

Aside from these two being tough, the fact that both of these fights were in Strikeforce stand out to me. Perhaps Overeem has trouble adjusting to fighting in the United States after being able to fight untested for the majority of the time in other countries.

In addition to that, Overeem does not have a great chin. He has been stopped in six of his eleven losses, and some of those stoppage losses have come at the hands of less then stellar opposition.

Bobby Hoffman, Chuck Liddell, “Big Nog”, Mauricio Rua, and Sergei Kharitonov have all stopped Alistair Overeem. As well as that, although it was not counted on his record, Overeem was also knocked out by Badr Hari not too long ago in a tournament.

This will be Brett Rogers’ first fight since getting knocked out by the heavyweight king Fedor Emelianenko six months ago.

In his action packed fight with Fedor, Rogers had the widely regarded P4P king severely hurt, cut and overall just busted up. Rogers was able to land on Fedor standing, get Fedor to the ground and cause a ton of damage while on the mat.

After getting clobbered in the first round, Fedor came out for the second round and managed to land a wild right hand that sent Rogers down and gave him the opportunity to finish the fight.

Without a doubt though, Rogers looked incredible and he was laying a beating on the great without question.

Brett Rogers is still growing as a fighter, and I believe that he is becoming better well rounded after each and every fight.

Rogers’ forte is his stand up game and his striking ability. He throws somewhat straight punches (straighter then Fedor at least) and has huge power in each hand, especially his right. With nine knockouts in ten victories and having never heard the judge’s scorecards, it is pretty evident that Rogers can crack.

In addition to his stand up game, Rogers has also been working heavily on his ground abilities as well. That was first seen in the fight with Fedor, when he was able to bully Fedor around while on the ground. Now, some of that may be attributed to his size advantages, but I definitely saw some things that suggest Rogers has been working on his ground game.

However, as I mentioned Rogers has never heard the judge’s scorecards and while that is good, it also means he has been knocked out before.

Now, getting knocked out by Fedor is nothing to be ashamed about, but Brett has showed a suspect beard in the past.

In addition to that, he may also have some stamina issues...well, at least he’s had stamina issues in the past. He has only been past the first round a handful of times and much of his stamina problems could be caused by his large midsection.

However, for this fight I believe that Rogers looks very trim and in shape and will be ready to go tomorrow night. Perhaps Rogers will not gas as easily this time around, and if I were to guess I would say he will display the better cardio should the fight go some rounds.

Stylistically, I think Rogers has the tools necessary to stop Alistair Overeem. He has nuclear power, sufficient striking ability, a solid top game (although I would advise Rogers stay off the ground), and most likely better stamina going into this fight.

Overeem has the power to stop Rogers, but I venture to guess that this fight will end in the first round or early in the second round one way or another.

This may very well be a case of “who hits who first”. Alistair can stop Rogers when he has energy (perhaps he will only have knockout energy in the first round?), and Rogers has the power to knock “Ubereem” out for as long as he can keep throwing.

At the odds though, and the fact that Overeem is off whatever he is usually on, didn’t look great at the weigh-in (and Rogers did) and has bad chin as it is, I am more then happy to take Rogers in this spot.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Rogers {+271}
Boxeo: .50 Units On Rogers {+271}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: .50 Units On Rogers {+271}
D3: .50 Units On Rogers {+271}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

Strikeforce Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on Strikeforce: Heavy Artillery, MMA fans will be treated to a heavyweight fight when fan favorite Andrei “Pitbull” Arlovski, (15-7, 11KO’s, 3 Submissions) battles Antonio “Bigfoot” Silva, (13-2, 9KO’s, 3 Submissions) from the Scottrade Center, St. Louis, Missouri.

Arlovski opened the contest as the betting favorite and his line has remained pretty steady, with Arlovski resting at –160 and Silva sitting at +140.

This will be Andrei Arlovski’s first fight since being stopped at the hands of Brett Rogers (also fighting on the card) in only 22 seconds.

Since getting blitzed by Rogers, Arlovski has been training with a couple different camps in an attempt to become a better fighter. He trained with Greg Jackson for a couple weeks, Team Pitbull (his main team) for a few more, and then went back to American Kickboxing Academy (AKA) for another two-week stint before finishing up in preparation for this fight.

Despite having been knocked out in six of his seven losses, Arlovski is a good and well-rounded fighter. His striking is his obvious forte, as you can see with his knockout record, and his striking has always been pretty solid and is only getting better.

In fact, Arlovski even trained with famed boxing trained Freddie Roach for some time and seriously considered becoming a full time professional boxer!

Two fights ago when he faced off with heavyweight king Fedor Emelianenko, many even believe that he was winning the fight with his striking ability...until, of course, he was knocked out cold with one punch.

In addition to his stand up game, Arlovski is no slouch on the ground either. He has never been submitted and has gone up against some solid ground fighters such as Ricco Rodriguez, Roy Nelson and Fabricio Werdum.

There is no doubt that Arlovski’s chin is fine china, but as a whole if he isn’t going up against a big puncher (and really, most of the people who’s knocked Arlovski out have been big punchers, so maybe a little slack on his chin can be given?) Arlovski can show that he is pretty good!

Antonio Silva is coming off a loss as well, a dropped unanimous decision to Fabricio Werdum six months ago.

“Bigfoot” is mostly a striker, and does little else. He comes into this fight with nine knockouts, and as you can see he punches quite hard inside the cage. You must keep in mind though that Silva has been unable to knock anyone out that has a name even the most hardcore MMA fan would recognize!

Silva’s technique isn’t terrible as well, and he actually he isn’t that bad of a stand up fighter. However, he does have a good share of flaws that keep him from being better then he is.

First off, he is very inactive. Antonio is more then content with just following his opponent around the ring but not throwing any punches or looking to cause damage in any way. He just stalks and gets hit in the face for the majority of the round.

Well, maybe I should rephrase that. Silva is inactive after the first round. Take his last fight with Werdum for example. He was in a very winnable fight against an opponent who had a weak chin, and in the first round (when Silva was aggressive), Antonio did very well and even hurt Werdum.

Come the second round though, Bigfoot’s activity suddenly drops off to throwing a single punch per round out of nowhere for no reason at all. I don’t think its stamina, because Silva doesn’t look tired most of the time, but whatever the case may be its awfully frustrating to see a fighter who is unwilling to throw punches.

As well as that, Silva has been stopped before and I think it can happen again. His chin is obviously better then Arlovski’s, but I don’t see him taking too many good shots from the Pitbull without going down at some point, especially if he isn’t throwing and only getting hit.

Andrei Arlovski has the advantages in this fight. He is much quicker then Silva, has significantly better boxing and has more world-class experience.

Personally I think Antonio Silva can only win this fight by knockout. Granted the possibility of Arlovski being knocked out isn’t outrageous by any stretch of the imagination, but I imagine Andrei will easily outbox and outland Bigfoot on his way to a one-sided victory.

Krakrabbit: 2.20 Units On Arlovski {-160}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie MMA

 

Strikeforce Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on Strikeforce: Heavy Artillery, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight fight when undefeated prospect Lyle “Fancy Pants” Beerbohm, (13-0, 7KO’s, 5 Submissions) battles Vitor “Shaolin” Ribeiro, (20-3, 2KO’s, 11 Submissions) from the Scottrade Center, St. Louis, Missouri.

Both men opened the contest at the same number, and you can get Ribeiro and Beerbohm at -115 at some sportsbooks.

This will be Ribeiro’s debut in Strikeforce, despite having been signed to the organization for several months now.

Vitor is coming off a unanimous decision loss to the experienced Shinya Aoki ten months ago in the “Dream” organization.

In his last fight, both Ribeiro and Aoki opted to keep the fight standing for the majority of the contest. Throughout both rounds, Ribeiro was unable to get his shots off and ended up, strangely enough, losing the stand up battle with Aoki and eventually dropped a decision to the submission wizard.

However, I feel this was but an odd occurrence, perhaps a bad night, and as a whole made people very much underestimate Vitor Ribeiro.

“Shaolin” is not a bad fighter, not a bad one at all in fact. His stand up game is not world class, but he has a very solid jab and his striking is sufficient enough to keep him alive should he need to stay on his feet.

But his ground game is where he really shines. Vitor is quite slick on the ground, and his ability to advance position and sink in the sub nice and tight is impressive.

As well as that, Ribeiro also has some decent takedowns. They are not “outstanding”, but they are good enough to get most of his opponent onto their back where he can do his work.

He does have an Achilles heel though, which is his suspect chin. Having been stopped in two of his three losses, it is easy to see that Ribeiro is not an iron-chinned competitor. In this situation, it is tough to say just how well he will be able to take Beerbohm’s punch, but if I were to guess I would say that he would be able to take some, but if “Fancy Pants” lands the right shot Vitor could be going down.

In addition to his chin, although not necessarily a “weakness”, Ribeiro has little to no power at all. He has only amassed two (T)KOs in his career, and both fights were called by the doctor. So really, Ribeiro has zero actual knockouts.

Lyle “Fancy Pants” Beerbohm is an undefeated prospect fighting for the third time in the “Strikeforce” organization. So far, he has been able to rocket off 13 wins in a row, and has only let his opponent hear the scorecards once.

Although Beerbohm has been able to stop the vast majority of his opposition, he is a wrestler and pretty much nothing else.

“Fancy Pants” likes to go straight after his opponent and attempt to put him on the mat as soon as possible, but if need be is willing to throw a few stand up strikes before looking for his next slam.

However, as with many wrestlers Lyle is either good or bad depending on what position they are in.

When on top, Beerbohm isn’t bad. His ground and pound seems to be relatively hard, and his work rate isn’t bad, especially when compared to some other wrestlers that use “Lay & Pray”.

However, despite having five submissions in his career Lyle is by no means a submission guy. His top game consists nearly entirely of ground and pound, and he doesn’t look to advance position or get a submission unless the opportunity is right there in his face.

Also, put Beerbohm on his back and he looks like a fish out of water. He leaves himself open to being submitted far too often, and when on his back all he tries to do is fling his opponent off of him, often unsuccessfully.

As well as that, I personally believe that even though Ribeiro lost a stand up fight with Aoki (wow!), he still has the better striking of the two.

“Fancy Pants” Beerbohm often spends as little time on his feet as possible, and when he is forced to brawl he usually just throws a kick or a weak punch and looks for the takedown once again.

If Ribeiro can get his offense going and not be hindered like he was against Aoki (by what, I don’t know) then I feel he can win this fight on the feet. That is, of course, unless he gets tagged with a huge shot...that huge shot could potentially put him down and out depending on just how much power Beerbohm really has in his gloves.

Keep in mind that Beerbohm has been fighting nothing but cans with the exception of Duane Ludwig (should I really exclude him from the “can” list?) and Rafaello Oliveira.

In fact, while I’m talking about Oliveira, I feel that in that fight Beerbohm’s weaknesses on the ground were exposed. If not for winning the fight on cuts, I believe that Oliveir was on his way to either a submission win or a decision victory.

Which brings me to my next point, on the ground this will be over quickly. If and when Vitor is able to utilize his takedowns and get this fight to the ground, Beerbohm will be submitted before he can say “rainbow trunks”.

Ribeiro is far too skilled on the mat for Beerbohm to survive, and his best chance is to knock Vitor out before landing on the ground.

The unfortunate thing for him is that I am confident that he will wrestle and attempt to take Ribeiro down. If he does, there is still a strong chance he will get submitted while on top. If he can’t take Vitor down, it is more then likely that Ribeiro will simply take him down and then submit him.

Either way, I think Beerbohm is in way over his head in this situation and Vitor is too big of a step up, especially on the ground where the fight will likely end...in Vitor Ribeiro’s favor.

Krakrabbit: 2.30 Units On Ribeiro {-115}
Boxeo: 3.45 Units On Ribeiro {-115}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.30 Units On Ribeiro {-115}
D3: 2.30 Units On Ribeiro {-115}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday on HBO, fight fans will be treated to a 154-pound showdown between Paul “The Punisher” Williams, (38-1, 27KO’s) and Kermit “The Killer” Cintron, (32-2-1, 28KO’s) live from the Home Depot Center, Carson, California.

Williams was installed as the betting favorite in the fight, and his line has remained mostly stagnant and currently rests at –650 at some sportsbooks. Those backing Cintron to score the upset win can get +350 for every hundred bet.

The over/under for the Williams/Martinez bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over getting you +120, while the under comes in at -140. Williams by KO hits the mark at -145, while Williams by decision will get you +242. Cintron by KO is +635, and Cintron by decision is a mighty +1337. The odds of the fight being declared a draw rest at +4000.

Paul Williams is coming off a hard fought majority decision victory over now middleweight champion Sergio Gabriel Martinez seven months ago in New Jersey.

In his last fight, a complete barnburner, Williams and Martinez exchanged knockdowns in the very first round. From then on, it was a brawl for three minutes of every round, with Martinez and Williams trading shots with each other until the final bell sounded to end the fight.

Some people though Martinez should have been awarded the victory, but nonetheless it was a close fight and Williams walked away from the fight with a “W” on his record over the Argentinean boxer.

Aside from that fight, and a loss (later avenged) at the hands of Carlos Quintana, Williams has been able to handily beat most of the opposition put in with him.

Paul Williams holds some solid wins over good fighters such as Antonio Margarito, Sharmba Mitchell, Carlos Quintana (a brutal first round knockout), Verno Phillips, Winky Wright, and obviously most recently Sergio Martinez.

All in all, Williams has an impressive resume over some impressive fighters, and all of his wins can be contributed to one thing: his impressive style!

Paul Williams is, quite frankly, and punching machine. It is not uncommon for him to throw upwards of 90 and sometimes even over 100 punches, each and every round until the fight ends!

Also, considering “The Punisher” is not a huge one-punch knockout kind of guy, Williams does have a pretty good knockout ratio. His massive punch output causes a lot of trouble for most every fighter he has ever faced. After all, it’s not easy to defend 100 punches per round for the entire duration of the fight, let alone doing your own work to try to win the round!

However, while his stamina and punch output is unrivaled, he is not invincible. The most glaring chink in William’s armor is his defense, which is pretty much non-existent to be honest.

While Williams has looked like he tries to adopt a shoulder-roll/head movement type of defense, it is often unsuccessful in actually keeping his face shielded from...well, everything his opponent throws at him.

I assume his defensive liabilities are due to his punch output. Think about it, you can’t fight like Floyd Mayweather when you throw 100 punches a round...you can’t use your hands to punch and block at the same time!

Kermit Cintron is himself coming off a win. A knockout victory over a no-hoper, no name opponent (Juliano Ramos) who he made quit in the corner after four rounds.

However, if you want to look at one of Cintron’s last important fights, you will only need to look back when he too faced off with Sergio Martinez.

In Cintron’s fight with Sergio Martinez, it was easy to see from the get go that Martinez was going to be the boss of this fight. Cintron had no answers for Martinez’s potshot style, and didn’t have the foot movement to catch Martinez as he moved around the ring.

Not only was Cintron losing quite easily to Martinez, but in the seventh round Cintron took a knee after getting hit and failed to make the 10 count...but the fight was not over. Cintron insisted to the referee that he was hit with a headbutt (in reality, it was a left hand that caused so much damage), and oddly enough the fight was allowed to continue.

At the end of the fight, Martinez looked to have been the blatant winner, but in another oddity the fight was ruled a draw!

After his fight with Martinez, Cintron faced off with Alfredo Angulo. Coming into the fight was a pretty high underdog, many (including myself) expected Angulo to walk through Cintron’s shots and stop him at some point during the fight.

However, in that fight (a fight where many believe Angulo was sick), Cintron was able to outbox and outland on his slower, obviously weaker then usual opponent over the course of the fight, eventually earning himself a unanimous decision victory.

Not all was well for Cintron during the entire fight though, as despite not often getting hit cleanly, he gassed late in the fight and was in danger of being stopped at some points during the fight.

I feel this could end up aiding Williams a lot during their fight. If Cintron gasses at any point during the fight, Williams will be right there in his face throwing his usual amount of punches.

Personally, even if Cintron does not gas, I don’t expect him to handle the pressure and pure punch output from Williams well at all.

Cintron was broken down and demolished by Antonio Margarito twice earlier in his career, and Williams has a solid advantage over Margarito when comparing how many punches the two throw.

If Cintron was so easily beaten down by Margarito, twice, I feel there is a very strong possibility that Williams can give Cintron a ton of hassle in this fight with his style.

As well as that, even though Williams does not punch as hard as Margarito does, I think there is a chance that Williams can get the job done anytime he starts landing clean shots.

Kermit Cintron does not have a great chin. He was knocked out (basically) with one punch from Sergio Martinez, was in some serious trouble against Jesse Feliciano at times, and was hurt by a sick Alfredo Angulo late in their fight (mostly attributed to being tired).

In addition to his iffy chin, Cintron has shown a couple times that he is mentally weak and has quit in him. He showed no desire to continue fighting when going up against Margarito (the first time), and when fighting Sergio Martinez stayed on the canvas after getting dropped when it was evident he could have gotten back up and kept fighting without claiming he was knocked out with a headbutt.

Paul Williams will be too relentless for Cintron to handle, and while I don’t expect a Quintana-like knockout for Williams (I think the earliest knockout for Paul would be round 5 or so), I do expect Cintron to fall at some point during the fight after a sustained beat down...perhaps by the eighth or ninth round.

Krakrabbit: 2.90 Units On Williams By KO {-145} & .50 Units On Williams Wins Rounds 7-12 {+230}
Boxeo: 2.90 Units On Williams By KO {-145} & .50 Units On Williams Wins Rounds 7-12 {+230}
Grass Hopper: 1.00 Units On Williams Wins Rounds 7-12 {+230}
Doody: 2.90 Units On Williams By KO {-145} & 1.00 Units On Williams Wins Rounds 7-12 {+230}
D3: 2.90 Units On Williams By KO {-145} & 1.00 Units On Williams Wins Rounds 7-12 {+230}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 113 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 113, MMA fans will be treated to a light heavyweight title fight when Lyoto “The Dragon” Machida, (16-0, 5KO’s, 2 Submissions) battles Pride legend Mauricio “Shogun” Rua, (18-3, 15KO’s, 1 Submission) from the Bell Centre, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Machida opened the contest as the betting favorite and his line remained mostly stagnant, with Machida resting at -190 and Rua sitting at +160.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 5 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -170, and the Will Go at +130. Machida ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +141, while Machida by decision will reward you with +255. Rua ITD hits the mark at +285, and Rua by decision lands at +460. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +6000.

This will be the second time the champion Lyoto Machida and challenger Mauricio Rua face off inside the Octagon in a title match up.

The two squared off with each other seven months ago at UFC 104, in a fight that many expected the undefeated fighter to win with relative ease. Few people were giving the Pride and UFC legend Rua a chance in fact.

But, when the bell rang “Shogun” came out with a gameplan that gave Machida the biggest challenge he had ever faced. Rua came out ripping the legs and side of Machida for the entire fight, while Machida attempted to avoid the kicks (unsuccessfully) and land some kicks of his own.

At the end of the fight, Lyoto Machida walked away with the UFC light heavyweight belt and managed to keep his unscathed record intact, but with a bit of controversy to go along with his latest “win”.

Many (including myself) thought that Mauricio managed to land more then enough to get the nod on the judges scorecards, but it seems that the judges - most notably Cecil Peoples, who went on record saying “legs kicks don’t finish fights” - were not thinking in the same mindset.

Now, Machida will have to face off with his biggest threat once more and will look to seek redemption and silence talk that Machida should in reality be 15-1.

Lyoto Machida, a proud “Machida Karate” practitioner and known urine-drinker (had to say it, sorry), has a very unorthodox style to say the least. Machida likes to rely on his speed, head movement and foot speed and counter punching ability to come out the victor against his opponents.

He has rather quick hands for a light heavyweight, and his overall defensive ability is also quite good. Although, you shouldn’t be mistaken about just how good Machida is “defensively”. He isn’t so much Floyd Mayweather Jr. as he is Muhammed Ali, if you get what I mean.

But, using his odd style, in his 16-fight career, he has had his hand raised against well-known fighters as well as legends in the sport of MMA such as Rich Franklin, Stephen Bonnar, BJ Penn, Rameau Thierry Sokoudjou, Tito Ortiz, Thiago Silva, Rashad Evans and, of course, Mauricio Rua (if you want to call it a “win”). No matter how good Machida’s resume is though, Rua’s is still better.

Mauricio Rua has himself built up a very strong track record against some of the best that have ever competed in Pride and the UFC’s light heavyweight division such as Quinton “Rampage” Jackson, Antonio Rogerio Nogueira, Alistair Overeem, Ricardo Arona, Kevin Randleman, Mark Coleman and Chuck Liddell.

There is no doubt in my mind that Mauricio “Shogun” Rua is one of the best pound-for-pound fighters in the world today.

Rua is mostly a boxer/Muay Thai fighter who excels in the stand up department. His technique as a boxer is quite good in fact, and he walks forward behind a nice, tight guard.

Rua also has a huge punch, which is pretty obvious with his 15KOs out of 18 wins, but for being a strong puncher he also has deceiving speed in his hands.

In fact, in the few times Rua threw to the head of Machida, he was actually able to land some very solid shots.

As well as that, he also has a very solid chin. Having taken punches from Rampage Jackson, Overeem, Randleman and Liddell without having ever been knocked out is a remarkable feet. The only stoppage loss Rua has on his record is against Mark Coleman (which he later avenged), when he broke his arm and was unable to continue.

Also, despite only having one submission and having been submitted in two of his four losses, Rua also has a pretty good ground game. Granted, he cannot compete with submission wizards such as Renato Sobral, but he can most certainly hold his own if his fight should hit the mat, especially against Machida.

Stylistically, I think this is a very interesting fight. Mauricio Rua is still being heavily discounted here despite winning the first fight in my eyes, and I personally believe that counting Rua out here is a huge mistake.

Mauricio is a very underrated fighter as a whole, and Machida has already been proven to be less then invincible.

But, while Rua’s gameplan worked very well the first time around, the fact of the matter is that it did not earn him the championship belt in the end, and as such I feel Rua will be implementing some new aspects into that gameplan.

This time around, I don’t expect to see just leg and body kicks. I would not be surprised to see Rua mixing in more headshots in addition to the kicks, and honestly I think Rua is smart enough to time and land his shots to Machida’s face often.

However, I also expect Lyoto to come into this fight with a different gameplan then before, but whether or not that gameplan will work is a question we won’t know until Saturday night. I personally believe Machida will be anticipating the kicks from Rua, and as such could be more vulnerable to getting tagged upstairs.

I think Shogun is a very good fighter, and has the tools necessary to hand Machida his first official loss. I already saw that Rua is quick enough to land to Machida’s head, and his kicks are strong enough to make Machida start breathing heavy quite quickly. As well as that, I think a stoppage victory for Machida is absolutely ludicrous.

Lyoto only has five knockouts in his 16 wins as a professional, and Rua has shown time and time again that he can take shots from significantly heavier punchers then Machida. In fact, when I first saw the proposition odds for this fight, I thought the Machida Wins ITD and Machida Wins By Decision odds were an error!

On the other hand, I would not be shocked to see Rua stop Machida. I do recall seeing Machida stunned once during the fight, and that was after getting tagged with a strong right hand. If Rua throws and lands more to the head of Machida, a stoppage is very possible for Shogun.

As a whole, Rua is more then good enough to beat Machida a second time, and I feel that while both men are adapt at making gameplans, Rua is the more skilled individual of the two.

Although, the possibly of Shogun getting the short end of a decision is still there should the fight hit the cards, so I am forced to cover my Rua play, but don’t get me wrong, I expect Rua to walk out of the Bell Centre with a belt.

Krakrabbit: 2.50 Units On Rua {+160} & 1.00 Units On Machida By Decision {+255}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Rua {+160} & .50 Units On Machida By Decision {+255}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Rua {+160} & .50 Units On Machida By Decision {+255}
D3: 1.00 Units On Rua {+160} & .50 Units On Machida By Decision {+255}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 113 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 113, MMA fans will be treated to a welterweight title fight when Josh Koscheck, (14-4, 4KO’s, 5 Submissions) battles knockout artist Paul “Semtex” Daley, (23-8, 18KO’s, 1 Submission) from the Bell Centre, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Koscheck opened the contest as the betting favorite and his line remained mostly stagnant, with Koscheck resting at -245 and Daley sitting at +205.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -350, and the Will Go at +250. Koscheck ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at -138, while Koscheck by decision will reward you with +454. Daley ITD hits the mark at +315, and Daley by decision lands at +592. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +8000.

Josh Koscheck is just coming off a submission victory over speedy striker Anthony Johnson at UFC 106 six months ago.

In his fight with Johnson, Koscheck elected to brawl with “Rumble” for a while...until he got hit. After getting tagged and hurt, Koscheck immediately took Johnson down and then quickly submitted him.

For only having four knockouts in his professional career and being an accomplished wrestler, Koscheck as a whole likes to brawl if doing so is at all possible during the fight.

Josh Koscheck isn’t terrible in the stand up department, but he cannot really compete with very good stand up fighters such as Anthony Johnson.

However, despite always being up for a brawl, he does know that he has a safe place on the ground should the fight go south for him. That is why he took down Anthony Johnson down after being stunned, because he knew that he could both take Johnson down and dominate him on the ground.

Speaking of getting dominated on the ground, Paul Daley is fresh off a huge knockout win over Dustin Hazelett four months ago.

In his two-minute fight with Hazelett, Daley took some time to feel out his opponent before landing a massive hook that just about took Hazelett’s head off, resulting in another knockout victory in his long career.

Excluding his losses, Daley has been riding an eleven-fight stoppage streak and has not won a decision since 2006!

As you can probably already see, Paul Daley is purely a stand up brawler and nothing else. His one “submission” was against Paul Jenkins and he tapped because of a punch to the body.

Daley has massive power in both hands, but his money punch is his huge left hook. In addition to his huge power, “Semtex” also has some solid hand speed and decent boxing ability. His defense isn’t outstanding, but he has the chin to take any shots that he doesn’t defend as well.

I am very sure that when the fight starts, Josh Koscheck will be looking to out slug Paul Daley, despite what would be smarter for “Kos”.

However, I feel this fight can go one of two ways. If and when Koscheck gets hit with a big punch, if he does not get knocked out, he will most likely take Daley down and submit him. If Koscheck doesn’t take Daley’s punch well and gets stopped, well, I wouldn’t be shocked to see that either. After all, Josh was stopped with basically one punch against Paulo Thiago, who is neither a great stand up fighter (substantially worse then Daley) nor a huge puncher.

I am not worried in the least bit about Koscheck knocking out Daley, nor Daley submitting Koscheck, either. Koscheck doesn’t have the power to crack Daley’s chin, and Daley as I mentioned has no ground game and will not be able to compete with Koscheck on the ground.

Paul Daley’s power is not to be underestimated and he could very easily knock Koscheck out with one punch, but if Koscheck can get this fight to the ground before going to sleep, the fight is over. Daley has no ground game, and will most likely get submitted if Koscheck managed to put Daley on his back.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Koscheck By Submission {+250} & .50 Units On Daley By KO/TKO {+330}
Boxeo: .50 Units On Koscheck By Submission {+250} & 1.00 Units On Daley By KO/TKO {+330}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Koscheck By Submission {+250} & 1.00 Units On Daley By KO/TKO {+330}
D3: 1.00 Units On Koscheck By Submission {+250} & 1.00 Units On Daley By KO/TKO {+330}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 113 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 113, MMA fans will be treated to a light heavyweight fight when Kevin “Kimbo Slice” Ferguson, (5-1, 4KO’s, 1 Submission) battles Matt Mitrione, (1-0, 1KO) from the Bell Centre, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Ferguson and Mitrione both opened at the same odds of -115, but a slight amount of money has been dropped on Mitrione, and the numbers currently sit with Ferguson at -105 and Mitrione at -125.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -530, and the Will Go at +350. Mitrione ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +135, while Mitrione by decision will reward you with +641. Ferguson ITD hits the mark at +117, and Ferguson by decision lands at +675. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +9000.

The man commonly referred to as “Kimbo Slice” is coming off another win in his growing career over Houston Alexander five months ago on The Ultimate Fighter 10 finale.

In his fight with Alexander, Slice was able to control the pace of the fight while Alexander did little else but run. It was obviously from the first bell that despite what most were expecting of Alexander, he was looking to do nothing else but survive.

At the end of the fight, Kimbo was awarded the unanimous decision victory, his start in the UFC had gone well and as for Houston...well, he was kicked out of the UFC justifiably.

As most of you already know, Kimbo Slice made a name for himself by fighting bums and thugs and then posting the videos of the fight on Youtube.

However, despite looking like a decent fighter on the Internet, it is obvious that Kimbo has a very good share of flaws that are just waiting to be exposed. But first, the good.

First off, Kimbo...um, Kimbo...well, I guess you can say he is trying to learn. His stand up technique is not great, but it’s OK. He’s a little wide sometimes, and in addition to that his defense is quite open.

Also, I can say without a sliver of doubt that Kimbo’s stamina is terrible. In his fight with Alexander in which he did absolutely nothing but walk around (literally, he threw very few punches except when on the fight was on the ground, which was rare), Kimbo was huffing and puffing like the Big Bad Wolf shortly into the second round.

As well as that, despite being regarded as a power-punching brawler, I cannot help but question his power just a bit. He only has two knockouts in his four victories, and one of said knockouts was not even a real KO. In his fight with James Thompson, Kimbo was able to split open Thompson’s cauliflower ear and net himself a TKO win after landing a few more shots to the opened wound.

Without the split open ear, there was a chance that Thompson was going to hear the judges scorecards, and aside from his KO win over Tank Abbot, the only other time I’ve actually seen Kimbo display some decent power is against Roy Nelson during The Ultimate Fighter. In that fight, he was able to stun Nelson but ended up getting put into the “Crucifix” position and TKO’d after getting slapped on the head for what seemed like two hours.

Matt Mitrione was also a contestant of The Ultimate Fighter, and although he did not win the series (Roy Nelson did!), he did fight on the finale show and net himself the first official win of his professional career.

I can talk about Kimbo’s flaws, but I personally think, get ready for this, Mitrione is worse (insert shocked gasp here).

Let’s start off with Mitrione’s striking. Even though Kimbo isn’t exactly a graceful striker, Mitrione takes it to another level with completely terrible punches. His strikes are extremely wide and wild, and while Kimbo has a weak defense, Mitrione has little to none.

As well as that, Matt has absolutely no takedown defense whatsoever. In his only “official” fight against Marcus Jones on The Ultimate Fighter finale show, Mitrione showed some glaring flaws in every aspect of his game.

Even after Jones was as gassed as Kimbo and Alexander after their fight, he was able to take Mitrione down with no resistance at all.

In addition to that, Mitrione I would have to say has worse cardio then Kimbo Slice does. In only a couple minutes, Matt was tired and breathing heavy with his mouth open, and that was after having thrown only a handful of punches the entire round.

If you want to add to that, Mitrione leaves himself open to being submitted. His takedowns are terrible (neck wide out to be choked), and he has no ground game at all, especially off of his back.

In fact, I would go so far as to say that even a horrible fighter like Marcus Jones would have been able to either submit or takedown and mount Matt Mitrione, if he had been even a sliver more adept when the fight hit the mat.

Personally, I think Kimbo will be able to expose Mitrione’s lack of defense, complete lack of takedown defense and non-existent ground game as much as he wants.

Even though Kimbo will never be a great fighter, I do believe he will be looking to exploit the holes of Mitrione’s game, and call me crazy but I think Kimbo’s warning of “look out for submissions” could actually come in, but if it doesn’t, Kimbo will net himself a knockout victory over Mitrione.

Krakrabbit: 1.05 Units On Slice {-105} & .50 Units On Slice ITD {+117}
Boxeo: 2.10 Units On Slice {-105}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.05 Units On Slice {-105}
D3: 1.05 Units On Slice {-105}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 113 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 113, MMA fans will be treated to a middleweight title fight when Patrick “The Predator” Cote, (13-5, 6KO’s, 3 Submissions) battles rising star Alan “The Talent” Belcher, (15-6, 8KO’s, 5 Submissions) from the Bell Centre, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Belcher opened the contest as the betting favorite, but money came in on Cote and Belcher currently sits at +105 and Cote at -135.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -265, and the Will Go at +185. Cote ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +174, while Cote by decision will reward you with +439. Belcher ITD hits the mark at +152, and Belcher by decision lands at +427. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +7500.

Alan Belcher is coming off a knockout win five months ago at UFC 107 against Wilson Gouveia.

In his last contest, Belcher and Gouveia opted to feel each other out for a short amount of time before starting to brawl. Soon after the slugging began, Belcher landed a solid blow to Gouveia’s chin and put him out, netting him the eighth stoppage of his 21-fight career.

Alan Belcher is really somewhat of a small name in the UFC despite having had 10 fights in the organization to date. However, the guy has some skills without a question.

His stand up, while a bit flawed, is quite good and can often get the job done against solid strikers. In fact, Belcher is just one fight removed from a bout with hyped fighter Yoshihiro Akiyama, in a pure stand up fight that many (including himself), thought he had won (he lost a split decision).

His striking can get a little wide when he starts going for the finish or just wants to test out his opponent’s chin, but overall it isn’t the worst I’ve seen in the UFC.

As well as his stand up, Belcher also has a solid ground game. In fact, until recently, Belcher was often regarded as a ground fighter, not a stand up brawler.

Even though Belcher prefers to keep the fights standing, he is more then capable of handling himself on the ground should the situation call for it.

Patrick Cote is himself coming off a TKO loss to Anderson Silva in a fight where, after two somewhat competitive rounds, his knee blew out and the fight was forced to be stopped.

But, aside from having his knee internally combust during his last fight, it is very important to note that his fight with Anderson Silva was eighteen months ago!

When his knee is causing him to lose fights though, he is a pretty decent fighter. He is mostly a stand up fighter who likes to bang with his opponent, and he is more then willing to do so against anyone standing across the cage.

Cote was even brawling with Silva until the injury occurred, and what stands out to me is that he was taking some very solid shots during the fight without even wobbling. As we all know, Anderson Silva is a big puncher and also has some very strong knees, and Cote took both on the chin without showing any serious signs of being hurt!

As far as his technique goes, it isn’t great but I wouldn’t say its any worse then Belcher’s striking. Both men can get a little wild, particularly when launching their right hands, and neither are defensive wizards, either.

The thing Cote lacks is a ground game though. He has been submitted in two of his five losses, and only has three submissions in his entire career. While he isn’t a scrub when the fight hits the mat, I feel he will have some trouble avoiding danger if he ends up on his back against Belcher.

Nonetheless, I don’t expect Belcher to be looking for the submission. He wasn’t in the Akiyama fight, and he wasn’t in the Gouveia fight, and I don’t think he will in the Cote fight.

These days, Alan Belcher likes to stand and trade and he likes when his opponent does the same. I expect a fight of the night-like contest on Saturday, with the two men brawling and looking to knock each other’s faces off for five minutes of every round.

Personally, I think this fight could be a pick ‘em, but the fact that Cote has been out for so long with his injured knee is a serious problem for me. In addition to that, I feel that Belcher has more tools at his disposal (better kicks, better ground game).

While I expect Belcher to win off comparable stand up but by being more well rounded, I would be quite surprised if Cote was knocked out. I feel the only way Belcher wins this fight inside the distance is by submission, and unless Belcher changes something up for this fight I suspect he will trade punches for as long as he can.

Patrick Cote has a puncher’s chance in my opinion, but like I mentioned his knee problems could end up making a difference in this fight.

But unless Cote’s knee blows out again or Belcher suddenly has the urge to submit again, I can envision Belcher walking away with a decision victory.

Krakrabbit: 1.50 Units On Belcher {+105} & .50 Units On Belcher By Decision {+427}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Cote By KO/TKO {+225} & .50 Units On Belcher By Decision {+427}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Cote By KO/TKO {+225} & .50 Units On Belcher By Decision {+427}
D3: 1.00 Units On Cote By KO/TKO {+225} & .50 Units On Belcher By Decision {+427}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

PPV Predictions
By Krakrabbit

The Saturday night HBO PPV features a 147-pound affair between two ring legends, Floyd “Money” Mayweather Jr., (40-0, 25KO’s) and “Sugar” Shane Mosley, (46-5, 39KO’s) live from the MGM Grand, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Floyd Mayweather opened as the favorite in the bout, and the opening lines have remained the same for the most part. Currently he is a -410 favorite to defeat Mosley. Mosley supporters can get +385. The O/U on the bout is set at 11.5 rounds, with the under coming in at +290 and the over at -350.

Mayweather by KO comes in at +436, while Mayweather by decision will cost you -180. Mosley by KO hits the mark at +750, and Mosley by decision lands at +700. The odds the bout is declared a draw lands at +3000.

Floyd Mayweather Jr. is coming off a unanimous decision victory after a nearly two year hiatus, over former lightweight champion Juan Manuel Marquez eight months ago.

In his fight with Marquez, Mayweather was able to easily dominate throughout the entire bout, even dropping Marquez once in the second round!

Even though Juan Manuel Marquez is undoubtedly a very good fighter, I do not think much of Mayweather’s win over Marquez at all.

First of all, Marquez fought Mayweather at the highest weight of his career in the welterweight division, weighing in a full 8-pounds heavier then he had ever fought at in his career.

Not only that, but Mayweather did not make weight for the fight. While the fight was in the welterweight division, the contract was that the fight was technically at 145-pounds...Mayweather weighed in at 146-pounds, one pound over the limit.

In addition, because of the massive weight jump for Marquez, he was obviously much slower, much less slick, had little power on his punches, and had very low punch output.

Adding to that, I do not think Mayweather performed as well as he could have against Juan Manuel Marquez!

In the second round of the their contest, Mayweather dropped Marquez quite hard. After Marquez got back up, Mayweather barely even attempted to finish his bloated and hurt opponent off. He could have easily ended the night with ease, but instead decided to fire off only a couple shots, immediately backing off when Marquez threw back to defend himself.

Domination or not in the end, Mayweather should have been able to go home after only two rounds of action.

That is one of the few problems I can find about Floyd Mayweather Jr. Now, I’m not saying Mayweather isn’t an exceptional athlete and most likely a Hall of Famer though.

Mayweather has incredible speed and reflexes and is one of the best defensive fighters in the world today. As well as that, his precision is nearly unmatched during the fight.

However, for everything Mayweather does greatly, he is not a flawless fighter (despite what Floyd himself says).

For one, the guy has very little aggression. Mayweather rarely “sets up” his own offense, and is purely a defensive counter puncher. Granted, in his earlier days when still making a name for himself, Mayweather was willing to brawl and come after his opponent a bit more then now, but at this point in his career Mayweather has no ambition to stop his opponent.

Floyd waits for his opponent to throw a big shot, and then counter it. However, he does not counter everything his opposition throws at him. He often prefers to dodge, dodge, dodge, waiting for you to wind up a bigger blow, and then fire off his lightning fast counter attack.

As well as that, Mayweather is also vulnerable to the right hand. He uses his classic “Mayweather defense” that is quite easy to spot if somebody is trying (usually unsuccessfully) to mimic.

Because of his defensive style (which mostly consists of using his reflexes to defend most of the attacks, while covering the right side of his face at the same time), Mayweather leaves himself open to the right hand, as it is one of the few exposed areas on Mayweather.

Now, it’s not easy to hit Mayweather, but if you are going to land anything it is most likely going to be the right hand.

Speaking of right hands, Shane Mosley is just coming off a big win in his career over brick-for-hands Antonio Margarito last year in Los Angeles.

In his completely dominating performance, Mosley was able to easily land and beat down on his much slower opponent, eventually knocking Margarito out (brutally, might I add) in the ninth round of their contest.

Now, the first thing you might notice is that Shane Mosley has not entered the ring in nearly 16 months, and his last fight was against an opponent who is polar opposite to Floyd Mayweather Jr.

Personally, I do not think the layoff will affect Mosley very much. Mosley is a very focused fighter, and constantly keeps himself in shape year-round, much like Mayweather does (both men are Gym Rats, to say the least).

Also, this is not the first time Mosley has had a good amount of time in between fights, either. He took nine months off between the Collazo fight and the Cotto fight, and ten months off between the Cotto fight and the Mayorga fight.

Speaking of, first off, I think I should address Mosley’s fight with Ricardo Mayorga. Many, and I mean many people tend to point out Mosley’s very poor performance against Mayorga as reasoning why Mayweather will dominate him tomorrow night. I do not understand why.

Shane Mosley’s fight with Mayorga was contested at the 154-pound, light middleweight limit. I believe that, and that solely, is the reason Mosley looked so bad against Mayorga. By now, it should be common knowledge that Shane is not the best fighter he can be when fighting at junior middleweight.

Sure, he can still punch, and sure he has some good speed still, but by no means are his skills at optimum level at 154.

At 147, Shane Mosley is faster, stronger (in my opinion), has better stamina and better technique. Luckily for Shane, this is a welterweight fight.

I must also mention that despite his age (38), Mosley is still pretty much just as fast and punches just as hard as he did in his “prime” (I put quotes around prime, because I do not feel that Mosley is on a serious decline).

Stylistically, I feel Sugar Shane Mosley could give Floyd Mayweather Jr. some serious problems tomorrow night.

People often speak of Mayweather’s vast speed advantage over Mosley...I do not think that in this area Mayweather is as far ahead as people seem to believe. Shane Mosley is a fast man, a very, very fast man. And, call me crazy, but I think Mosley is just nearly, if not as fast as “Money” Mayweather is.

As well as that, the way Mosley fights could pose issues for Mayweather. Unlike Mayweather, Mosley will be more then willing to fight and brawl to get the victory, and quite frankly despite good boxing skills, Mosley just likes to exchange in the middle of the ring!

Shane Mosley also has a very good right hand (his left hook is very good too), and that is basically his money punch inside the ring. Because of his speed, Mosley can rocket off a right hand quicker then you can blink. As I mentioned, one of Mayweather’s biggest vulnerabilities is the right hand, and Mosley could actually land that punch on a somewhat consistent basis.

Floyd Mayweather Jr. is not a “runner”, either. He usually likes to play the rope-a-dope during the fight, just lying on the ropes letting his opponent miss and get countered. I feel this may play into Mosley’s favor.

Shane will be coming after Mayweather, and when and if Floyd remains stationary on the ropes he will have to fend off a hard, quick assault from Mosley.

There is one thing though; Mosley’s defense won’t be able to defend against Mayweather’s speed. When coming forward or throwing his punches, Mosley will be exposed to being hit. I expect that Mayweather’s speed could allow him to land somewhat clean when Mosley leaves himself open.

Of course, Mayweather does not counter unless his opponent is looking to launch a big shot at him. Otherwise, Floyd remains patient just waiting for that big, counter-able punch to come looking for him.

Which brings me to my next point. As I aforementioned, Mayweather is a very defensive fighter and in addition to that, he does not like being pressured or hit. Barring a wide-open opportunity, Mayweather usually doesn’t throw his own shots until his opponent has stopped throwing theirs. Even if the slightest activity is coming from his foe, he usually will be very hesitant to throw.

That is exactly why the jab could give Mayweather a ton of trouble. Oscar de la Hoya used the jab very well to keep Mayweather on the defensive for the first half of their contest, but eventually stopped using it and ended up losing a split decision on the scorecards.

If Mosley can do the same thing, use the jab on a consistent basis to keep Mayweather in his shell, which I expect he attempt to do based off what I have seen of Mosley’s training camp, Floyd could be in a world of trouble.

He will be so hesitant to throw, before he knows it the round will be over and he will have thrown no punches. After all, it’s tough to win rounds when you have no punch output...ask Joshua Clottey.

Shane Mosley has all the tools to beat Floyd Mayweather Jr. and hand him the first (official) defeat of his career. Mosley has very comparable speed to Mayweather, punches vastly harder, has a very good right hand, and although he does not usually have a consistent jab, I expect him to use one and use it well for this fight.

If anyone is going to beat Mayweather in the welterweight division, it is going to be Shane Mosley. Otherwise, it will take Floyd’s reflexes slipping for him to lose at welterweight.

A couple other things I should note. Although Floyd Mayweather Jr. has not often been hurt (a handful of times at most), I did feel that Mosley had a shot at stopping Mayweather. That is, until I found out that Mayweather is forcing Mosley to wear Grant gloves for this fight. Now, Grant gloves are not bad, they even have a Mexican styled version that would offer a puncher the classic fit and feel of traditional puncher gloves, but I have no way of knowing if Mosley is going to be wearing such a style and if he will be forced to wear 10oz gloves.

Nevada has a rule that standard glove weight for Welterweight (down to 136 actually) is 10oz unless both fighters agree in writing to wear 8oz. I highly doubt that Floyd Mayweather is going to allow a puncher like Mosley (whom he is requiring to wear a puffy glove like Grant in the first place) to use 8oz gloves.

I feel because of the glove issues the chance of a Mosley knockout is going be severely decreased.

Mayweather has always had a tremendous defense and trying to hit him in the face with a giant pillow on your hand is going to be very difficult. In addition to that, it will be more difficult for Mosley to land cleanly and throw effective bodyshots against Mayweather, because of the increased glove size.

Now, despite two decisions that could have gone either way going in Mayweather’s favor (Jose Luis Castillo in their first fight, and Oscar de la Hoya), I do believe Mosley can win a decision on the cards.

I’m not saying it will be easy, and in a razor close fight (like the Mayweather/de la Hoya fight), it could very well go in Mayweather’s favor, but I fully expect Mosley to fight well enough to earn a decision on the cards if it does go that long.

All in all, Shane Mosley is a great fighter and Floyd Mayweather Jr. is a great fighter. There is no doubting that both men are very skilled, but I feel that Mosley has a much better shot at pulling the upset then many believe he does.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Mosley By Decision {+700} & 2.60 Units On Mayweather By Decision {-130}
Boxeo: 2.00 Units On Mosley {+385} & 2.60 Units On Mayweather By Decision {-130}
Grass Hopper: 1.50 Units On Mosley {+385} & .50 Units On Mosley By KO {+750}
Doody: 1.30 Units On Mayweather By Decision {-130}
D3: 1.30 Units On Mayweather By Decision {-130}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night we are treated to an HBO light middleweight title bout between Alfredo Angulo, (17-1, 14KOs) and Joel Julio, (35-3, 31KOs.) live from the Citizens Business Bank Arena, Ontario, California.

Angulo opened as the significant favorite in the fight and now sits at around -550 at most books. Currently, you can score +375 on Julio.

The O/U on the bout is set at 7.5 rounds, with the under coming in at -130 and the over at -110. Angulo by KO comes in at -150, while Angulo by decision will reward you with +253. Julio by KO hits the mark at +643, and Julio by decision lands at +884. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +4000.

Alfredo Angulo is coming off a brutal win over Harry Joe Yorgey five months ago in Connecticut.

In his short bout with Yorgey that lasted only three rounds, Angulo was being outboxed for the first couple rounds. At the end of the second and in the third round though, Angulo began and to land and it was not long until Yorgey was literally knocked out cold.

Alfredo Angulo is a very powerful puncher, who likes to come forward with strong pressure and knock your face off. Angulo is a pressure fighter, and nothing else.

He walks forward with virtually no defense, absorbing everything his opponents can throw at him for the opportunity to land his own shots. Luckily for him, he has a very solid chin that has held up so far.

He has taken shots from Andrey Tsurkan and Richard Gutierrez (eventually knocking both men out), and also took everything and more that Kermit Cintron could throw at him for twelve rounds in his lone defeat.

There is no doubt in my mind that Alfredo has a very good chin, and his ability to take punishment is very impressive.

Angulo takes those shots for reason though, as he can be a devastating puncher when he lands. His punches are not extremely wide (he’s not Ricardo Mayorga anyway), and he packs some serious power in his gloves.

Excluding his loss to Cintron, Angulo is on a 13-fight knockout streak. He has 14KOs! Angulo has stopped fighters such as the very durable Cosme Rivera, the once-stopped Richard Gutierrez and Gabriel Rosado, as well as the previously undefeated Harry Joe Yorgey.

Joel Julio is himself coming a win over no-hoper Clarence Taylor six months ago.

Before that “win”, Julio faced off with the now incarcerated James Kirkland.

In his fight with Kirkland, Julio tried to outbox and counter punch Kirkland. Unfortunately, he was unable to do so (not surprising considering he is a brawler and tried to run against Kirkland) and ended up gassing after about four or five rounds.

As Kirkland began to land more, Julio quit on his stool before the start of the seventh round. Julio was not knocked down, and Kirkland was not knocking Julio around the ring, either.

Joel Julio is at heart, a brawler. He has spent the majority of his career brawling his way to knockout wins, but at this point during his career I feel he is fading.

Julio has not looked very good in his last couple outings, and him saying “No Mas” against Kirkland could be a sign that Julio is no longer determined to fight under discouraging circumstances.

I expect Joel to come out of the starting gates looking to box like he did against Kirkland. I would be surprised if he were willing to go straight after the bull and fight Angulo head to head, despite what he says (that the fight won’t go the distance).

However, I do not expect he can keep this pace up. As I mentioned, he is not a boxer he is a brawler. After so long in his career, altering his style to be more evasive and tactical is essentially impossible.

If Julio were in his prime, I think I could possibly find a case for him to exploit Angulo’s defense and possibly pull the upset. Even then though, it would be a bit of a stretch.

At this point though, Julio may well have practically nothing left in the gas tank.

Alfredo Angulo is a strong, aggressive fighter who will be putting on more heat and pressure then James Kirkland ever did.

I would be quite surprised if, even by running, Joel Julio were able to make it the distance. Angulo should be able to stop Julio legit anytime after the fifth round (around where I expect Julio to gas or start slowing down), and the possibility of Joel quitting once again will also be there if he is taking a beating.

However, sometime interesting has recently been unveiled. Alfredo Angulo was nearly two hours late to the weigh-in on Friday afternoon (fined $15,000), and although he did make weight there are rumblings that Angulo had trouble making the weight and that is the reason behind the delay.

Angulo’s camp claims that the reason behind the late arrival was being stuck in traffic on the way to the weigh-in.

If the rumors that Angulo had trouble making weight are true, it is likely that if Angulo does not get Julio out of there somewhat early in the fight, he could very well gas and either allow Julio to go the distance, or get knocked out from fatigue.

Despite the new information, I still feel that Angulo has enough to take Julio out before the final bell, but I am not as confident as I previously was.

Krakrabbit: 1.50 Units On Angulo By KO {-150}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.50 Units On Angulo By KO {-150}
D3: 1.50 Units On Angulo By KO {-150}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

PPV Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on WEC 48, MMA fans will be treated to a featherweight title fight when the champion Jose “Junior” Aldo, (16-1, 11KO’s, 2 Submissions) faces off with Urijah “The California Kid” Faber, (23-3, 7KO’s, 12 Submissions) from the Arco Arena, Sacramento, California.

Aldo opened the contest as the betting favorite and his line currently rests at –300 with Faber sitting at +275.

Aldo by KO comes in at +100, while Aldo by decision will reward you with +260. Faber by KO hits the mark at +455, and Faber by decision lands at +345.

Jose Aldo is coming off the biggest win of his career over well-known veteran Mike Thomas Brown at WEC 44, just five short months ago.

In his two-round fight with Brown, Aldo was able to easily control the action and the stand up, even hurting the very durable Brown in the first round with a head kick.

In the second round, Aldo hurt Brown once again, eventually taking his back, flattening him out and finishing the fight with a flurry of hard ground and pound.

Jose Aldo currently has a massive amount of hype around him and despite only having just earned the title; some are even regarding him as high as Fedor Emelianenko already!

Now, I’m not saying Aldo isn’t a great fighter and could very well be a force in featherweight though. Jose Aldo is a very quick fighter with a solid array of offensive attacks as well.

Aldo uses the jab somewhat well for an MMA fighter, and is also quite fond of throwing a powerful right head kick on a consistent basis.

As well as that, he has also shown to have adequate takedown defense. Despite Mike Thomas Brown’s best efforts to get Aldo on his back, he was only able to take Aldo down once in their fight, and Aldo stood up almost immediately after getting taken down.

In spite of his strengths though, Aldo is not an invincible fighter. He currently has one loss via submission (although that was four years ago), and also makes the occasional mistake inside the cage.

At times, he can get a little wild with his striking. His hooks can sometimes be a bit too wide, and while he has not been stopped yet (or even seriously hurt as far as I know), there are moments where I can’t help but think a quick, accurate striker would give Aldo some troubles.

Aside from occasionally getting a little wide though, Aldo is really a very well rounded fighter. He somewhat knows how to move on the ground, although he does usually like to keep it standing unless he knows he can cause some serious damage to his opponent while on the ground.

Of course, whether or not Aldo knows how to handle himself on the ground against a very skilled opponent is still a bit of a question.

His only loss as I mentioned is by submission, and going up against a fighter with a ground game as strong as Faber’s, I wish I knew more about if he could fend off a submission from Faber.

Urijah Faber is also coming off a victory over little-known Raphael Assuncao three months ago at WEC 46.

In his fight with Assuncao, Faber easily dominated the stand up contest. Assuncao had few answers for Faber’s speed and striking ability, even getting dropped a couple times over the course of the bout. Faber eventually sunk in a Rear Naked Choke in the third round.

Urijah Faber is just one fight removed from challenging for the featherweight title, and was once the champion until facing off with Mike Thomas Brown way back in November of 2008.

In his first fight with Brown, the two were engaged in a push and pull fight for the first two minutes until Brown was able to land a hard right hand, dropping Faber and eventually stopping him.

After a warm-up fight against Jens Pulver that lasted only 1:34 seconds (how did that guy beat BJ Penn?), Faber faced off against Brown once again.

In that fight, Brown’s overall strength advantage and fundamental striking gave Faber a ton of problems throughout the fight, with Brown retaining the title and earning a unanimous decision win.

Now, Faber will attempt to make another bid for his title going up against Jose Aldo.

Urijah Faber is an unorthodox striker, who instead of tried and true tactics usually likes to use flashier techniques inside the cage.

Faber sometimes likes to rush forward towards his opponent throwing punches, but leaving himself open to being hit. When Faber rushes forward like this, he puts himself in some serious danger of being counter punched. The very limited Raphael Assuncao was even able to sometimes land a counter punch on Faber when he rushed in like a madman.

Aside from rushing forward, Faber just doesn’t have a very good defense. He keeps his hands pretty low, and when his opponent’s throw its not uncommon to see them land.

I feel his defensive liabilities could make it a rough night for him in the stand up department here against Aldo. Faber, while speedy, is a bit slower then Aldo is and is also slightly more limited then Jose is. Aldo throws very good kicks in addition to punches, and keeps his hands somewhat high. Faber doesn’t usually throw many kicks, and as we already know his defense is very lacking.

In addition to that, Urijah’s chin may not be the best in the business. He was stopped by Tyson Griffin long ago in 2005, and was knocked out rather easily by Mike Thomas Brown (the first time they fought), and was also hurt against Brown in the rematch.

Jose Aldo may not be the most technical striker in MMA, but if he lands one of those shots (or a head kick/knee), I would not be surprised to see Faber seriously buzzed.

Personally, I think Faber can only win this fight by getting the fight to the ground and submitting Aldo.

Jose has better stand up then Faber, and although it would be best suited for Faber to test Aldo’s ground game, I suspect he won’t bother doing so.

Urijah is a prideful fighter, and likes to stand and trade even when it does not benefit him. I expect he will do the same in this situation. Faber will most likely try to stand and bang with the superior striker, and could very well get caught by something from Aldo at some point during the 5-round fight.

Krakrabbit: 1.50 Units On Aldo By KO {+100}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Aldo By KO {+100}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Aldo By KO {+100}
D3: 1.00 Units On Aldo By KO {+100}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

PPV Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on WEC 48, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight title fight when the champion Benson “Smooth” Henderson, (11-1, 2KO’s, 7 Submissions) faces off with Donald “Cowboy” Cerrone, (11-2, 10 Submissions) from the Arco Arena, Sacramento, California.

Cerrone opened the contest as the very slight betting favorite and his line currently rests at –115 and Henderson sitting at +105.

The champion Ben Henderson is fresh off another big win in his short career over Jamie Varner three months ago at WEC 46.

In his fight with Varner, Henderson mostly dominated in a relatively boring fight, ultimately submitting Jamie with a Guillotine Choke in the third round of their contest.

Ben Henderson is often referred to as “Benderson”, partly due to his name, but also because of his amazing submission defense and flexibility when caught in nearly inescapable subs.

This name debuted after his first fight with Donald Cerrone at WEC 43. In that fight, Henderson easily dominated Cerrone with his wrestling ability, but was caught in several tight submissions that had his limbs twisted around like a pretzel.

Despite being in (several!) situations where the normal man would have his arm snap off into seven pieces, “Benderson” escaped each and every submission attempt from Cerrone without even wincing in pain.

Now, the two rematch once again for the WEC lightweight title, this time with Donald Cerrone vying to take his belt back.

Since fighting each other at WEC 43, both Henderson and Cerrone have racked up a win. Henderson (obviously) defended his newly won title against Jamie Varner, and Donald Cerrone beat down and submitted Ed Ratcliff with a Rear Naked Choke four months ago.

Donald Cerrone is pretty much a one-trick pony. He likes to sub his guys, and when he doesn’t, he has some problems. With ten submissions in twelve victories over the likes of Danny Castillo and Rob McCullough, among others, there is no question that Donald is quite skilled on the mat.

Cerrone does not have great stand up, and usually likes to get the fight to the ground (or get taken down), and then rip his opponent’s limb off until he gets credited with the win.

What makes Cerrone a bit different from most other skilled ground fighters is that Cerrone is very good with submissions off of his back. Five of his ten submissions have been off of his back (Triangle Chokes, all of them), and that’s not even counting the other submissions he set up by reversing his opponent and then subbing them.

However, while the Cowboy does have some serious ground skills, he also has one huge flaw as well. His takedown defense is, well, non-existent.

Donald Cerrone cannot stop a takedown to save his life, and what lost him his first fight against Henderson was the wrestling alone.

I feel this fight will play out similarly to the first fight. Ben Henderson has good wrestling as it is, but against a fighter like Cerrone who doesn’t know what “sprawl” is, Henderson looks like he could outwrestle Brock Lesnar with one hand tied behind his back.

In my opinion, Cerrone can only win this fight by submitting Henderson while on his back. Before Donald can blink he will be on his back as soon as the fight starts. Cerrone will be forced to submit Henderson with something off his back.

Unfortunately, while Henderson is not quite good enough on the ground to keep himself from getting stuck in very tight situations sometimes, he is good enough to not get reversed by Cerrone. Which means, the Cowboy will have very limited options with which to win this fight.

Unless Henderson gets submitted (which will be extremely difficult for Cerrone to accomplish, but nonetheless the risk will always be there), I fully expect another one-sided fight with “Benderson” coming out of the arena with the belt and a 49-46 decision win.

Krakrabbit: 1.45 Units On Henderson {+105}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Henderson {+105}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Henderson {+105}
D3: 1.00 Units On Henderson {+105}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night we are treated to an HBO heavyweight title bout between heavy-handed Chris Arreola, (28-0, 25KOs) and once defeated Tomasz Adamek, (40-1, 27KOs.) live from the Citizens Business Bank Arena, Ontario, California.

Adamek opened as the very slight favorite in the fight and now sits at around -125 at most books. Currently, you can score -105 on Arreola.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the under coming in at +125 and the over at -120. Adamek by KO comes in at +425, while Adamek by decision will reward you with +251. Arreola by KO hits the mark at +145, and Arreola by decision lands at +445. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +1800.

Tomasz Adamek is fresh off his second win at heavyweight over little known American Jason Estrada two months ago in New Jersey.

In his (very boring) fight with “Big Six” Estrada, Adamek elected to box and move Estrada for the entire duration of the fight. Oddly enough, Adamek never chose to engage Estrada at all, and seemed content with just running around the ring scoring points for the decision.

Nonetheless, despite boxing Estrada easily, Adamek did look quite bad in that fight. He tired in the later rounds of the bout, and to show just how bad Adamek looked, one of the judges scorecards had the fight 115-113 in favor of Adamek.

While Adamek is usually not regarded as a fighter who fades down the stretch, I do believe there is a reason Tomasz tired in the later rounds of the contest against Estrada.

One of them being that this was only Adamek’s second fight at heavyweight, and Adamek’s first fight at heavyweight (against Andrew Golota) only lasted five rounds.

As well as that, Adamek came into the fight with Estrada six pounds heavier then he did against Golota and looked slower and less fluid because of it; even early on in the fight.

Tomasz Adamek fought his most successful fights of his career at cruiserweight, and has always looked like a strong force at that weight. He had a decent amount of speed, some very strong power and a respectable chin as well.

When Adamek moved up to heavyweight, he seemed to have retained most of those skills. He still had his deceiving handspeed, he was able to easily hurt Andrew Golota, and by the time Adamek moved up to heavyweight, he also had some adequate boxing ability.

Back in the day, before his move up to heavyweight, Adamek was a brawler. He liked to hit and was willing to be hit to do it. However, since his move up in weight, Adamek has become a boxer...or at least he is trying.

Tomasz did not really try to attack Golota aggressively, instead decided to outbox and counter punch his slower opponent. Against Estrada, as I already pointed out, he looked to run and box to a decision without caring to try for the knockout.

I feel he will do the exact same thing here, against his very strong opponent.

Chris Arreola is coming off a 4th round TKO win over Pennsylvania native Brian Minto four months ago.

Arreola was able to easily outbrawl Minto, who was looking to come forward and land a big punch, as usual. For the small amount of time it lasted, Arreola and Minto were going to war with The Nightmare getting the better of most of the exchanges.

Eventually, Arreola was able to drop and stop his tough opponent in the fourth round of their contest.

Despite a rather impressive performance, there is no question that Arreola is quite unskilled. He is what some would call a “brute”, and is always coming forward and looking to wing his powerful shots (not unlike Minto, but a little more effective in what he does).

Chris is a slugger, and under no circumstances will Arreola heavily box. At times he will move around, but just a tiny bit, usually just enough to give himself some space. The majority of the time, Arreola just walks forward headfirst looking to give himself another knockout victory.

Because of his aggressive style, Arreola has little defense. He does not put up much of a guard, is not evasive in any remote way (he does not know what head movement means), and is more then willing to absorb shots to land some of his own.

Tomasz Adamek is no defensive wizard, but at least he has movement!

What stands out to me about Arreola’s defense (or lack thereof) is his liability to getting hit with the right hand. Chris keeps his right hand somewhat high to avoid getting tagged with the left hook too often, but when he throws his jab his hand stays down low for a while, leaving himself open to getting hit with the right.

In this fight, his difficulty defending the right hand may cause him some serious problems here against Tomasz Adamek.

In addition to that, The Nightmare is quite slow and somewhat limited in his offensive arsenal as well.

Despite his glaring flaws, Arreola does have some redeeming qualities. He can punch extremely hard, and if one of his wild shots land he will more then likely hurt his opponent. If he can land on Adamek, it will be very interesting to see how Adamek takes the shot. I personally believe if the punch is solid enough, Adamek will be seriously buzzed.

Also, his chin isn’t too bad. Don’t get me wrong; it isn’t great (Travis Walker and Jameel McCline both hurt him), but his chin isn’t terrible either. I feel that if Adamek runs and boxes like he has been for the past few fights (which I expect), that Arreola will be able to take the light shots Tomasz throws his way. If Adamek really sat down on a punch or two with the intention of knocking Arreola’s head off, I think he could possibly make The Nightmare feel the punch.

Of course, I don’t expect Adamek to take the time to sit down and bang. He will most likely be looking to box Arreola safely, throwing softer shots and looking to counter punch or even pity-pat.

I see this as a rather easy fight to predict personally. Tomasz Adamek has enough boxing ability to easily keep out of Arreola’s way while at the same time scoring points by exploiting Arreola’s poor excuse of a defense.

Arreola on the other hand will be plodding forward like he usually does, looking for that big shot to change the fight. Adamek has been hurt before at cruiserweight, and has not been popped by a real heavyweight yet. If Arreola lands one of his strong shots, Adamek will feel the effects of the punch.

What throws this fight into question though, is whether or not Adamek will be able to sustain a full boxing pace for twelve rounds. Remember, even though Tomasz has been boxing for his past few fights (probably since fighting Steve Cunningham), he has not gone past eight rounds with the exception of Estrada, in which he looked quite bad and tired.

I feel there is a good chance that Adamek just does not have good stamina at heavyweight, and that it may not be all about the weight. Of course, I am glad to see Adamek come in at 217lbs. But, even though that weight does seem nice and light, he could still possibly fade down the stretch once again.

Adding to that, Arreola will be bringing hard, consistent pressure all night unless he gets knocked out cold. He won’t quit; he won’t slow his pace down (until he fades himself. Weight will be a factor as to how soon this happens) and he won’t stop trying to knock Adamek’s face off. Tomasz will have to be on the move for 36-minutes!

Nonetheless, even if and when Adamek fades, it won’t be until after say, the sixth round of the fight. Arreola probably won’t be able to catch Adamek early on in the fight.

Tomasz Adamek will easily win this fight via lopsided decision, unless he fights as badly as he did against Estrada. If he does, there is a good possibly that Adamek’s movement is brought down to a crawl and Arreola is finally able to catch up to him and put some hurt on him.

I expect Adamek to fade, but at the same time I expect him to survive. I expect Tomasz to make it to the finish line and win a decision, but if and when Adamek gets tired, Arreola’s punches will be inching closer and closer to Tomasz’s face.

The possibility of a stoppage win for Arreola will be there when Adamek loses his legs, but I expect and hope that Adamek can keep his stamina long enough to go the distance and win a decision.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Adamek By Decision {+251}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Arreola By KO {+145} & .50 Units On Adamek By Decision {+251}
D3: 1.00 Units On Arreola By KO {+145} & .50 Units On Adamek By Decision {+251}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime Predictions
By Krakrabbit

This Saturday night on Showtime in the Super Six Super Middleweight tournament features the experienced Mikkel “Viking Warrior” Kessler, (42-2, 32KO’s) facing off against the undefeated Carl “The Cobra” Froch, (26-0, 20KO’s) live from the MCH Messecenter Herning, Herning, Denmark.

Kessler comes into the contest as the slight favorite in the bout at -150. Froch gets the underdog cash at +145. The O/U for the fight has been set at 11.5 rounds, with the over at -120 and the under coming in at -110.

Kessler by KO comes in at +249, while Kessler by decision will reward you with +180. Froch by KO hits the mark at +220, and Froch by decision lands at +550. The odds the fight is declared a draw land at +3250.

Mikkel Kessler is just five months removed from suffering his second career loss to former Olympic gold medallist Andre Ward.

In his fight with Ward, Kessler was very easily outboxed by his much quicker opponent over the course of eleven rounds, until the fight was eventually stopped because of cuts on Kessler’s face.

Ward was able to land mostly at will, and was able to avoid being hit cleanly while at the same battering Kessler around the ring in a very one-sided contest.

However, it must be noted that Andre Ward used many roughhouse tactics while fighting inside with Kessler, mostly consisting of headbutts that opened the multiple cuts on Kessler.

Nonetheless, Kessler looked very off that night and was unable to put up much of any fight or resistance, and while he would not have been stopped without the doctor stopping the fight due to cuts, there is no doubt Mikkel was taking a beating.

Mikkel Kessler is a pretty traditional boxer, who uses some parts of the typical “European” style. Kessler is mostly upright and rigid when fighting, and uses the jab, right hand combination quite often in his bouts.

In fact, I believe Kessler is a very good and fundamental fighter. He uses basic techniques in the ring and rarely gets flashy. Mikkel is pretty much the jack-of-all-trades, but master of none.

He isn’t particularly quick, although he can launch the right hand somewhat fast. You won’t often see Kessler moving back either, as he is usually the one coming forward trying to get within range to shoot off his own punches.

Kessler does not punch as hard as George Foreman, but can knock many people out if given some time as well. He does not have massive one-punch power, but given a few rounds of wear down and he can really start getting to his opponent.

In addition, while he does not have an unbreakable chin, he can take some very hard shots without going down. He took shots from Librado Andrade, and also got in a war with Joe Calzaghe, who, while not a massive puncher, has stopped most of his opponents. Kessler also took everything Andre Ward could throw at him, only wobbling a time or two during the course of the fight.

Mikkel does have a pretty solid arsenal of attacks though. He can bang the body quite well when he elects to go downstairs, and his jab is very strong and effective, especially when paired with the straight right hand. As well as that, Kessler’s left hook is also decent, although it is easy to say that Mikkel’s right hand is his “money punch”.

Carl Froch on the other hand is coming off a (disputed) decision win over Andre Dirrell six months ago in his hometown of Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom.

In his fight with Dirrell, Froch was mostly getting tagged with ease by Dirrell, who was evidently the much quicker and more skilled fighter in the ring. However, Dirrell opted to run for the entire duration of the fight, making it a boring night for everyone watching the bout, and giving the judges few good reasons to give the rounds to him.

The fight was undoubtedly somewhat close (Dirrell running but landing his shots, Froch chasing and pressuring but not landing), and the judges opted to give Froch the split decision win over the American boxer.

Carl Froch fights in a very different manner then Kessler, and can easily be regarded as a wild fighter. Froch likes to brawl, likes to be inside, and likes to swing for the fences whenever he lets his hands go (mostly unlike Kessler, who is much more methodical with his punches).

That is not to say Froch is not able though. “The Cobra” isn’t exceedingly skilled, and some could see him as your average “wild brawler”, but there are some things Froch does that allow him to keep winning.

First off, Froch is constantly bringing the pressure. Whether he’s getting beaten down, tagged with hard shots on a consistent basis, in an all-out war, or just winning the fight, Froch is always looking to pin his opponent somewhere and unleash.

As well as that, he can take a punch. He was dropped by Jermain Taylor in the third round of their fight, but managed to survive and end up knocking Taylor out (mostly because Taylor was dead tired by the twelfth round). He took Andre Dirrell’s best shots, and was only stunned a time or two in that fight in the late rounds. Froch also absorbed everything Jean Pascal could throw at him, who, while not a nuclear puncher, can crack an egg to say the least.

But because Froch is such a wild fighter, he does not have a very good defense. Actually, let me rephrase that, Carl Froch really no defense.

Froch is there to be hit, and he doesn’t care about it. He has no headmovement, a very weak defensive guard, and is more then willing to take 1000 punches to land his own attack.

Of course, just because Carl fights in an aggressive manor does not mean he can’t do anything else. Froch has better actual boxing skills then many credit him for, and if The Cobra elected to box more and show off his underrated boxing skills, I feel he would be viewed much higher in people’s eyes.

There is no question Froch will decide to fight headfirst though. He does not like to box, he likes to get in there and fight. But its not like he has as good a boxing as Kessler though, so an aggressive style may be best for him in this situation.

I believe Carl Froch’s style will fit right into Kessler’s style on Saturday night. Mikkel is a precise puncher who loves fighting people who are willing to eat leather for no real reason.

Froch’s defense is so bad; that I think Mikkel Kessler will have a field day teeing off on his wide-open foe. Froch will be coming forward all night, with little to no defense allowing Kessler to hit him with anything and everything he throws.

I feel one of the main keys for Kessler in this fight will be the right hand though. Jermain Taylor was able to land the right hand quite successfully, and even dropped Froch for the first time in his career with a solid right hand.

While Kessler is a bit slower then Taylor is, I don’t expect it to matter. A snail could throw a punch at Froch and he would not evade or defend against it, he would just stand there and absorb it. The right hand of Kessler will be landing, and it will be landing often.

That is not to say that Froch does not have somewhat of a chance though. Andre Ward was able to frustrate and confuse Mikkel Kessler with his rough inside tactics, and while the majority of said “tactics” were in fact headbutts, the fact of the matter is that Kessler looked lost on the inside.

Froch isn’t very skilled, but he is decent on the inside. He will work, and he will try to keep causing damage when in close. Judging off what I saw from Kessler against Ward, I think Froch’s best shot to win this fight is by trying to get the fight inside and rip “The Viking Warrior” apart there.

Technically, Froch has the reach advantage but he does not and will not use said advantage against Kessler. Mikkel Kessler will be able to dominate the outside fighting with ease using his jab alone, but on the inside is where the playing field will be even, and perhaps even shifted in favor of Froch.

Nonetheless, getting inside will be an extremely difficult task for Carl Froch. Froch will have to suffer through countless right hands and left hooks from Kessler before getting inside, and there is even a chance that he never gets to use his roughhouse inside fighting if Kessler keeps on the move without letting Froch get close.

In addition, some may point to the fact that Froch can crack and Kessler was hurt by Andre Ward, and that perhaps if Froch lands Kessler will be taking a ride down Queer Street.

I think otherwise. Froch has overrated power in my opinion. Carl Froch was unable to stop Jean Pascal (who does not have an iron jaw, as some perceive), was not going to stop, or even beat Jermain Taylor (if Taylor did not have lungs like a 92-year old man), and never even hurt (or even hit?) Andre Dirrell.

Also, as I pointed out Kessler has a very solid chin and unless something very unusual happens, I would be quite surprised to see Froch even stun Kessler.

For me, the big question is whether or not Kessler can stop Froch.

Mikkel Kessler is a hard puncher, especially with his right hand, and after several rounds of one-sided beat down (which I fully expect), I can foresee Froch getting worn down and possibly stopped very late in the fight...perhaps in the final four rounds.

However, Froch’s toughness is not something to underestimate. He has taken some hard shots before in his career against relatively hard punchers (Pascal, Taylor, Dirrell).

Recently though, Carl Froch has sounded as if he is mentally damaged in a serious way. The recent troubles with air travel (due to the Iceland volcano explosion) has forced Froch to set off to Denmark much later then expected.

Carl took off for Herring, Denmark on Wednesday afternoon, but based off his own words he does not want to fight. It sounds as if it were up to him, the fight would be postponed a couple of weeks so that Froch can have a more originated travel situation.

Boxing is very much a mental sport, and with Froch himself saying that he isn’t “right” mentally or physically could affect him in a big way in this fight.

As well as that, Froch will have to deal with jetlag and arriving in an entirely different country (several hundred miles away from his hometown of Nottinghamshire) with only about two days until the fight.

As such, I cannot be certain just how long Froch will be able to take Kessler’s attack round after round and if he will be able to last the full distance. If I had to choose a way for Kessler to win though, I would say Mikkel Kessler via unanimous decision, possibly around the scores of 117-111, but with all this talk from Froch, I do feel that there is a chance he gets stopped on Saturday night.

Krakrabbit: 4.50 Units On Kessler {-150}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.50 Units On Kessler {-150}
D3: 1.50 Units On Kessler {-150}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Strikeforce Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on Strikeforce: Nashville, MMA fans will be treated to a middleweight title fight when the champion Jake Shields, (24-4, 3KO’s, 10 Submissions) faces off with Dan “Hendo” Henderson, (25-7, 11KOs, 1 Submission) from the Bridgestone Arena, Nashville, Tennessee.

Henderson opened the contest as the betting favorite and his line has remained pretty steady, with Henderson resting at –365 and Shields sitting at +330.

This will be Dan Henderson’s first fight in Strikeforce, but as I am sure you already know, the guy is no rookie. Henderson is a legend in the sport of MMA, and has competed with some of the best in the world.

From Gilbert Yvel, Antonio Rodrigo Nogueira, Renzo Gracie, Renato Sobral, Wanderlei Silva, Vitor Belfort, Quinton Jackson, Rich Franklin and Anderson Silva, just to name a few.

It goes without saying that Henderson has faced the best of the best and fought pretty much anyone good that he possibly could between the middleweight and heavyweight division.

Dan Henderson stylistically is a rather wild striker, but somehow it has been working well for him during his career. Dan likes to bomb and throw rather wide shots, mostly looking for that deadly right (that he has knocked out many with, including most recently Michael Bisping) to land on his opponent’s jaw.

Because Dan is such a wide-open striker, he is also wide open to getting hit. However, the guy has one of the best chins in MMA. We have all seen Henderson get tagged right on the chin with utterly hellacious shots before, but somehow Dan has always found a way to keep from getting stopped, even when fighting against massive punchers like Wanderlei Silva, Quinton Jackson, and Anderson Silva.

Despite never being knocked out though, it is not something new to see Henderson hurt. One of Henderson’s most recent danger moments came against Anderson Silva, who seriously hurt Dan with solid knees to the chin in the second round of their fight.

Nonetheless, Henderson kept from getting knocked out and instead ended up getting submitted...

Which brings me to my next point about Henderson, his ground game. Dan Henderson is a great wrestler, who excels in using Greco-Roman wrestling and is also very good from the clinch, but put Hendo on his back and he will be like a fish out of water.

Like many other wrestlers, Henderson cannot do much when on his back. He often lets his opponents control the ground game and put him in dangerous positions. While Henderson is usually the one getting the takedowns, Dan’s kryptonite is not being in top position while the fight is on the mat.

Jake Shields is coming into this fight riding a 13-fight win streak that extends to 2004, with six of those wins coming by way of submission.

Among those defeated during Shield’s win streak are names such as Yushin Okami, Carlos Condit, Nick Thompson, Mike Pyle, Paul Daley, Robbie Lawler and most recently Jason Miller.

I’ll get the fact that Shields is a submission guy out of the way. He likes the ground game, and there is no question that is where Jake does all of his best work. With only three knockouts in twenty-four victories, it is evident that Shields has little else to go to but submissions if he wants to finish a fight.

Now, while Jakes Shields is the best fighter he can be on the mat, he doesn’t have terrible stand up either. Shields throws nice straight punches that, while not rocket fast, do have some amount of quickness to them.

As well as that, Shields also has some good footwork and boxing skills as a whole. It’s really a shame that the guy does not have much power, or he could be a threat to many while standing.

Jake Shields has gone on record saying that he wants to put Henderson on his back...I feel this is the right gameplan and mindset to have going into this fight.

Shields may be decent standing, but he probably won’t be able to really control Henderson in the striking game. If Shields wins this fight, it will have to be on the ground.

One thing you must worry about is how Shields is going to get Hendo to the ground. Often, Jake likes to take his opponent down but in this situation he will not able to get his opponent to the ground the traditional way, as Henderson is the bigger, stronger, more experienced wrestler.

Adding to that, anybody taking Shields must also think about how he will react when Henderson tries to take him down. Personally, I don’t think Jake will be able to stuff every takedown Dan attempts, and at some point during the fight Shields will be on his back.

I believe that if and when Henderson is on top, Shields will have a very difficult time getting back up to his feet or reversing Henderson.

Dan will be content with slowly working small punches on the ground while sitting in whatever position he ended up in after the takedown attempt. Henderson will most likely not be trying to finish the fight, but instead use more of a “lay and pray” style.

I think for Shields to win, he will need to either attempt a submission while Henderson tries to take him down, or reverse him somehow and end up in top position.

I do not think Jake Shields can win this fight off his back, and if he is forced to try to submit Hendo while on bottom, it will be extremely difficult.

However, I do think Jake Shields has a better chance at winning then most give him. After gaining top position, Anderson Silva was able to easily advance position and submit Dan Henderson with a Rear Naked Choke. If “The Spider” can do it, I am pretty sure Jake Shields has the ability to do the same.

The key in this fight will be who has top position while on the ground. It is rather simple really.

If Dan Henderson is on top, Shields will have to either try to submit Dan off the bottom or he will get laid on for as much time is left in the round.

If Jake Shields is on top, well, I think Henderson is going to tap at some point.

Neither Henderson nor Shields will have an easy time winning the fight on their back, but especially Henderson. Shields will always have the potential to submit Henderson, and twenty-five minutes is a long time to go without making a mistake while on the ground...it will only take one solid mistake from Henderson, and Shields will reach for that opportunity and make Henderson tap.

Don’t get me wrong, Henderson could very well lay and pray his way to a decision win, but Jake Shields has a much better shot then expected.

Krakrabbit: .50 Units On Shields {+330}
Boxeo: .50 Units On Shields {+330}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: .50 Units On Shields {+330}
D3: .50 Units On Shields {+330}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Strikeforce Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on Strikeforce: Nashville, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight title fight when the champion Gilbert “El Nino” Melendez, (17-2, 10KO’s, 1 Submission) faces off with Shinya Aoki, (23-4, 1KO, 14 Submissions.) from the Bridgestone Arena, Nashville, Tennessee.

Melendez opened the contest as the slight betting favorite and his line has remained pretty stagnant, with Melendez resting at –155 and Aoki sitting at +135.

Gilbert “El Nino” Melendez is fresh off a unanimous decision win over his former conqueror Josh Thomson, just four short months ago. In his fight with Thomson, it was a rather one-sided affair as Gilbert was able to beat Thomson in the stand up and often had top position on the ground as well.

Aside from that fight with Thomson, Melendez has few other really name opponents on his growing resume, unless you count Clay Guida as someone who falls into the “name opposition” category. Despite this fact though, Gilbert Melendez is not too bad of a fighter.

Gilbert is a wrestler, and as such as some pretty solid takedowns. They aren’t extraordinarily quick takedowns, but they can be pretty strong at times and most of the time Melendez does get the job done if he wants to get his man to the ground.

However, where Melendez wants to be most of the time is standing. “El Nino” is mostly a stand up fighter when he has his way in the fight, and even though he is a little wild, his stand up as a whole isn’t the worst I’ve seen in MMA.

As well as that, Melendez has a very large gas tank inside the cage. He is a fighter who likes to keep working, and even when in top position on the ground he is no “lay and pray” type of fighter. Even when working 100 percent, Gilbert is able to keep his pace for the entire duration of the fight.

Defensively, Melendez follows in the “wild” trend by being somewhat open to getting tagged, and down the road I believe Gilbert will have some serious issues with a tall, rangy fighter.

Fortunately for Gilbert, he is not facing a tall fighter, or a stand up fighter, in Shinya Aoki.

Aoki will be making his US debut on Saturday night in Strikeforce. Shinya has had all of his fights in Japan before this bout, and honestly you can never really tell how fighters who have previously only fought in Japan will make the transition to fighting under US rules (after all, the rounds, how long they last and the general rules are all different in organizations like Dream).

Adding to that, Shinya Aoki has only gone past the second round three times, and the last time he went into the third round was three years ago. The reasoning behind never reaching the third round is because Dream, the organization Aoki most often fights in, only has two round fights.

There is no telling if Aoki will be able to hold up to five, five-minute rounds in Strikeforce against a non-stop worker like Melendez. But my suspicions suggest that Aoki will be extremely tired after three rounds, if the fight lasts that long.

Aoki is mostly a submission fighter, who likes to get his opponent to the ground and sub them as quickly as he can.

Shinya often likes to start the fight with a quick takedown, and while most of the time he succeeds, I feel he will have a very difficult time taking the wrestler Melendez down.

Gilbert is the much more accomplished wrestler, and on top of that has shown that he is quite strong, which is something we have not seen from Aoki (who only has one single knockout).

Striking wise, I think there is a big edge to Melendez here as well. Aoki does not like to stand and trade with his opponent, and for good reason: his chin is terrible!

Aoki has been stopped three times out of his four losses, and all three of those stoppage losses have come within the first five minutes of the fight. There is no doubt in my mind that Melendez has enough power to hurt, and possibly even stop Aoki.

I’ll be frank here, I think Melendez is just the better fighter who is much more well rounded and honestly, I don’t think Aoki has much of a shot here...in any place but the ground!

Even though Shinya Aoki, in my mind, is quite overrated on the ground he has many submission wins. But upon closer inspection you will see that Aoki has not been subbing the cream of the crop during his career.

Some of Aoki’s best opponents that he has submitted include Eddie Alvarez (who I believe is another very overrated fighter), and Joachim Hansen, whom he subbed twice (but was knocked out by once).

Nonetheless, Melendez has not faced anyone with the submission credentials that Aoki has, and if Gilbert ends up on his back somehow, I feel he will have trouble getting up off his back, and will be in danger of getting a limb twisted.

However, as a whole I expect this fight to stay standing. I would not be the least bit surprised to see Aoki shooting for takedowns unsuccessfully, while Melendez dominates the stand up.

If Melendez has the right gameplan, he will try to avoid getting taken down and will keep from staying on the ground too long if he opts to shoot for a takedown. Aoki still has a shot at getting a submission, even off his back.

Adding to that, I would be surprised if Aoki was able to last the full 25-minutes with Gilbert. Aoki’s chin is weak anyway, but fatigue should set in after three or so rounds, making Aoki less and less dangerous as he tires.

However, Melendez does not need Aoki to tire to stop him. Gilbert should have enough power to end the fight anytime he lands a solid shot, whether it be early or late in the fight.

Krakrabbit: 1.55 Units On Melendez {-155}
Boxeo: 1.55 Units On Melendez {-155}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.55 Units On Melendez {-155}
D3: 1.55 Units On Melendez {-155}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Strikeforce Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on Strikeforce: Nashville, MMA fans will be treated to a light heavyweight title fight when the champion Gegard “The Dreamcatcher” Mousasi, (28-2, 17KO’s, 9 Submissions) faces off with Muhammed “King Mo” Lawal, (6-0, 5KOs,) from the Bridgestone Arena, Nashville, Tennessee.

Mousasi opened the contest as the betting favorite and his line has remained pretty stagnant, with Mousasi resting at –220 and Lawal sitting at +180.

This will be only Lawal’s seventh professional fight, and his second under the Strikeforce name.

Muhammed Lawal is a relatively small name fighter who is quickly rising through the ranks with wins over Ryo Kawamura, Mark Kerr and most recently Mike Whitehead.

In case you didn’t know, or couldn’t see from his record, “King Mo” as he is commonly referred to as, is a brawler with some serious power in his gloves. Lawal is coming into this fight having only allowed a single opponent to go the distance with him, and he makes the biggest step up of his career when he faces Gegard Mousasi.

First off, seeing as how Lawal is a brawler, you would expect him to have some solid stand up skills...oddly, they are not so great. Or at the very least not as impressive as some would lead you to believe.

Muhammed Lawal is quite slow in the stand up department, and throws wild, winging shots for as long as the fight lasts. Lawal is mostly just a bomber, and is simply looking to stop his opponent with one solid shot to the jaw (as he did Mike Whitehead).

As a whole, Lawal has little defense, and also has bad footwork inside the cage. He moves around rather oddly, and slowly as well for that matter. A good boxer with some legs would easily be able to stay out of Lawal’s range, and you can easily see just from the few fights Lawal has had that he is not a chaser.

He likes to come forward just a little bit, then wait for his opponent to get just within range so that he can launch a missile towards his opponent’s face.

Despite being deemed a “wrestler”, Lawal does like to stand. Though, I think King Mo would be best suited actually wrestling, as it is something he does quite well.

Nobody has really seen a ton of Lawal’s wrestling, but it does appear that Muhammed is a strong wrestler with a good amount of strength and takedown ability. I believe Lawal just likes to see his opponent go to sleep standing, rather then getting pounded out on the ground.

I don’t quite understand why people so heavily hype up Lawal’s striking ability, as, to me, it just does not seem to be that outstanding (for the reasons I mentioned above). Perhaps it is because, thus far, Lawal has been able to win a stand up fight against his current opposition. Kawamura is just not very good, Kerr falls into the same category and has a bad chin to boot, and Whitehead isn’t exactly a world beater (although Lawal’s stoppage win over Whitehead was somewhat impressive, considering Whitehead had not been stopped in four years, and that was off a doctor stoppage).

As for Gegard Mousasi, the guy is really just a jack-of-all-trades, master of none.

Mousasi usually likes to stand and is usually willing to keep it standing for as long as he wants (or until he gets taken down), and for being regarded as a “ground fighter”, Gegard has some decent stand up.

Now, I’m not going to say that Mousasi has outstanding, amazing, incredible striking, but as a whole it isn’t half bad. Overall, Mousasi is pretty technical in the stand up department and doesn’t throw all too many wild bombs (as Lawal does).

In addition, The Dreamcatcher also has some speed on his punches (he is faster then Lawal for sure), and also has good power in his gloves.

Mousasi is coming into this fight having stopped the majority of his opponents by knockout, and has only gone the distance twice in his 31-fight career.

Gegard Mousasi has knockout wins over some very good opposition such as Renato Sobral, and Rameau Thierry Sokoudjou, and even the great Gary Goodridge (haha)!

Gegard is a solid puncher, and I believe that his technical striking should be able to get inside of Lawal’s wild shots. I think King Mo will have his chin seriously tested on Saturday night, as he gets tagged time after time in the stand up war.

As well as that, Mousasi also has a very refined ground game. He has some good submission skills and should the fight go to the ground, Mousasi will have a huge advantage. In fact, I would venture to say that if King Mo allows this fight to hit the ground, he will get submitted.

Additionally, I am not worried about Mousasi getting knocked out, either. Gegard has never been stopped (well, he only has two losses, but still) and has faced a couple good punchers such as Melvin Manhoef.

Personally, I think this is an easy fight for Gegard Mousasi. Mousasi has a hard chin, a hard punch, and good ground and striking skills. Muhammed Lawal is too raw to compete with such a well-rounded fighter like Mousasi.

This should only last as long as Lawal can take it. He will most likely be getting beaten by Mousasi’s tighter striking in the stand up game, and the ground game is no contest at all.

Krakrabbit: 2.20 Units On Mousasi {-220}
Boxeo: 2.20 Units On Mousasi {-220}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.20 Units On Mousasi {-220}
D3: 2.20 Units On Mousasi {-220}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday on HBO, fight fans will be treated to a 160-pound showdown for the WBC and WBO middleweight titles between Kelly “The Ghost” Pavlik, (36-1, 32KO’s) and the experienced southpaw Sergio Gabriel “Maravilla” Martinez, (44-2-2, 24KO’s) live from the Boardwalk Hall, Atlantic City, New Jersey.

Pavlik was installed as the betting favorite in the fight, and his number has remained steady and currently sits at –160 at some sportsbooks. Those backing Martinez to score the upset win can get +150 for every hundred bet.

The over/under for the Williams/Martinez bout is set at 11.5 rounds, with the over getting you +105, while the under comes in at -125. Pavlik by KO hits the mark at +125, while Pavlik by decision will get you +334. Martinez by KO is +420, and Martinez by decision lands at +300. The odds of the fight being declared a draw rest at +3000.

Kelly Pavlik is fresh off the fourth defense of his 160-pound middleweight titles over former “Contender” star Miguel Angel Espino.

In his fight with Espino, Pavlik was able to control the fight using his long jab and right hand (as usual) eventually scoring a fifth round TKO stoppage.

However, despite stringing together two straight wins since his first defeat at the hands of Bernard Hopkins, there is no question Kelly Pavlik has not been looking great in his victories.

In Pavlik’s fight with Hopkins, he was soundly defeated in a near shutout fight by his vastly more experienced opponent while ultimately losing a unanimous decision.

Kelly and his camp has sighted being sick going into the fight with Bernard, and while this could very well be true (I have never seen Pavlik look as bad as he did in that bout), the fact of the matter is that Pavlik was simply beaten down in the first defeat of his career.

As I mentioned, the “he was sick” excuse could be true, but I personally believe much of what made Pavlik look so bad was the weight the fight was contested at.

Kelly Pavlik came into the fight with Hopkins at a mighty 169-pounds, and in every fight I have seen Pavlik in, he rarely looks good when he fights above the 160-pound limit.

Granted, “The Ghost” has had a few fights above the middleweight limit, but when it comes down to fighting the elite in the boxing, Pavlik does not perform nearly as well.

Pavlik fought Jermain Taylor at a higher weight the second time they fought (after previously knocking Taylor out), and could not knock out nor even seriously hurt Jermain throughout their 12-round contest. Not only that, but he looked slower and threw less punches.

The same goes for when Pavlik fought Hopkins. Pavlik’s fight with Hopkins was at a 170-pound catchweight limit, and obviously, as we know Kelly got schooled. He also showed some of the same signs as in the Taylor fight, which were decreased punch output and slower hand speed.

But, even though Pavlik has not fought above middleweight since the Hopkins fight, I still feel like there is something missing from Kelly. Personally, I believe it happened after suffering his first loss. Since losing to Hopkins, in his two fights after that (Rubio, Espino), Pavlik has not looked himself.

One of the main things I noticed is that Pavlik is not as aggressive as he was before the Hopkins fight, nor he is throwing as many punches as he used to. It took Pavlik nine rounds to take out the stiff that was Marco Antonio Rubio, and it took Pavlik five rounds to stop the headfirst brawler Miguel Angel Espino!

Kelly was never a punching-machine like Paul Williams or Wayne McCullough, but I personally feel that Pavlik did have a higher punch output before his loss to Bernard.

As well as that, the way Pavlik fights also seems a bit off to me. While his style is the same (jab, jab, jab, right hand), the way Pavlik moves around the ring and his overall look seems a bit different then before the Hopkins fight.

Sergio Martinez is himself coming off a very close decision loss to Paul Williams just four months ago in the same arena that he will be fighting in on Saturday (the Boardwalk Hall).

In his fight with Williams, which could have very well been Fight of the Year, Martinez put on a very good showing against an opponent that had pretty much dominated nearly every opponent he faced. Both Sergio and Williams even traded knockdowns in the first round. Although it must be noted that the punch Williams dropped Martinez with was a behind the head punch!

Nonetheless, the two fought their hearts out for 12 rounds, trading shots with each other and landing some big blows over the course of the fight.

The fact that the fight was such a barnburner is not the only reason Martinez looked good, it is because he showed that he could easily compete with one of the best fighters in the sport and in the eyes of some, Martinez was thought to have deserved the decision.

Despite looking very impressive in that fight, Martinez did show off some flaws as well, one of those being his vulnerability to the left hand. Martinez often tried to slip or duck the left hand of Williams, but more often then not it was finding its home.

Other then that, Martinez did have a very good performance four months ago against Williams, and it was a very close fight without dispute.

Sergio Martinez, I feel, will be a very bad stylistic match up for Kelly Pavlik. Pavlik is a slow (quite slow actually) fighter, who is very predictable inside the ring. In fact, I feel Pavlik’s power is what keeps him from losing most of the time.

Kelly is a very one-dimensional boxer who does basically the same thing every single time he steps into the ring. No matter the situation, you can expect him to be jabbing up a storm, getting ready to launch his straight right hand. Other then that, Pavlik is really a restricted fighter.

In addition to his offensive arsenal, Pavlik is also limited in his pure boxing ability. Pavlik has slow feet to go with his slow hands, and Kelly can do little else but plod forward looking to land that big right of his.

Defensively, Pavlik has little to no defense. He is not a hard guy to find, and if you throw you will most likely hit Kelly on a consistent basis. Jermain Taylor (in their first fight) showed this when he nearly knocked Pavlik out in the 6th round, and Bernard Hopkins also landed at will on The Ghost.

Sergio Martinez on the other hand is a polar opposite fighter. He is a slick southpaw who likes to use his speed and movement to get the upper hand on his opponents.

Martinez has some nice, quick hands that he can use to pop a solid jab and even a fast right hook as well. In addition to that, “Maravilla” also has very good movement. His feet are speedy, and his boxing ability is very strong. There is no doubt in my mind that Martinez is the vastly superior boxer of the two.

As well as that, despite only having 24KOs out of 44 victories, Sergio does punch deceivingly hard. He was able to badly hurt Paul Williams multiple times during their fight, and also knocked out Kermit Cintron with a single punch when they fought (although the punch that knocked Cintron out was ruled a headbutt).

Defensively, Martinez’s speed helps him here as well. His reflexes are quite sharp and while he is liable to getting tagged with the left hand from a southpaw, he will have less to worry about here as Kelly Pavlik is both slow, and an orthodox fighter.

Now, I know you may be thinking that since Sergio is a southpaw, he will be open to that right hand of Pavlik. But, here is where I think Martinez’s speed will bail him out of that conundrum.

In Martinez’s long career, few have been able to consistently land the right hand on Sergio. Maravilla’s speed and defensive prowess had been able to keep him safe from getting clocked with the right hand too much, and I feel that here against Pavlik he will be able to avoid getting hit with the right too often.

All in all, I personally believe this will be a relatively easy fight for the Argentinean.

Very simply, Sergio Martinez is just the better fighter. He is vastly quicker then Pavlik, has significantly better defense, and is also the much more skilled boxer. Martinez should be able to outbox Pavlik for as long as he wants, landing at will and giving Pavlik everything he can handle.

There is one issue with picking Martinez though, and that is mainly because of Pavlik’s punching power.

For all his flaws, Kelly Pavlik can still hit extremely hard, and Martinez is no stranger to being hurt.

Paul Williams had Martinez stunned a time or two when they fought, and when comparing Williams’ power to Pavlik’s, there is no doubt that Kelly has much more one-punch pop in his hands.

If, and this is a big if considering Martinez’s skill defensively, Kelly Pavlik lands that big right hand on Martinez, I feel there is a pretty solid shot we see Sergio wobble around a bit or even get dropped.

Of course, that is a risk that you have to take when stepping into the ring with Pavlik.

I believe Sergio will opt to fight Pavlik similarly to the way he fought Kermit Cintron. Moving in and out, potshotting and landing very well but as a whole avoiding getting himself into an all-out war (as he did against Williams).

Call me crazy though, but I think Martinez does have just enough power to hurt and possibly stop Pavlik. As I mentioned, Sergio is a deceivingly hard puncher and we have also seen Pavlik hurt inside the ring.

Jermain Taylor nearly knocked his block off the first time they fought, and Bernard Hopkins was even able to stun Pavlik a time or two during their bout as well (which is quite alarming!)

If Martinez lands a very good, solid shot to Pavlik’s chin (similar to the one that put Cintron down in the 7th round of their fight), I would not be surprised to see Pavlik’s legs turn to spaghetti.

Unfortunately for Martinez, the risk of getting hit with Pavlik’s money punch will always be there, but barring a hard, homerun knockout from Kelly I fully expect the more well-rounded and skilled Sergio Martinez to outbox his slower opponent and land at will. Eventually netting himself either a unanimous decision win (around the scores of 117-111) or a very late round stoppage after a drawn out beating.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Martinez {+150}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: 1.00 Units On Martinez {+150}
Doody: 1.00 Units On Martinez {+150} & .50 Units On Martinez By KO {+466}
D3: 1.00 Units On Martinez {+150} & .50 Units On Martinez By KO {+466}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on HBO Lucian Bute, (25-0, 20KO’s) will look to make the sixth successful defense of his IBF super middleweight title when he battles Edison Miranda, (33-4, 29KO’s) from the Bell Centre, Quebec City, Quebec, Canada.

Bute opened as the clear betting favorite in the bout and currently sits at –550. Miranda supporters can snatch the plus money +425. The over/under for the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over costing you -115, while the under comes in at -105.

Lucian Bute is fresh off arguably one of the biggest wins of his career over Librado Andrade, in a rematch fight between the two men.

In the first fight, Bute controlled the action and as a whole, dominated Andrade with little resistance. But as most of you probably know by know, Bute was seriously stunned and dropped in the final seconds of the twelfth round, and was given what seemed to be an unusually long count by Marlon Wright.

Because of the controversy, the two decided to get it on once more to seal up any questions.

In the rematch, Bute stopped Andrade in four rounds...

Lucian came out of the starting gate bouncing hard shots off Andrade’s face, but the real hurt came in the fourth round. Shockingly, Bute was able to stun and drop the iron chinned Mexican to the head, and after a short amount of time ended the fight with a strong bodyshot that Andrade could not get up from.

Undoubtedly, it was not something most people were expecting, and there is no question that Bute had a very good showing that night five months ago.

Now Lucian Bute steps into the ring with yet another power puncher, but one who is most likely less dangerous then Andrade; Edison Miranda.

Bute is a well-rounded fighter as a whole really, and possesses some very impressive, God-given talent.

Lucian has quick hands on top of a very strong punch (as he showed against Andrade). Bute likes to fire off quick combinations from his southpaw stance, working with nice hooks and a solid straight left hand as well. Additionally, Bute also has very underrated bodyshots. Lucian does not always use them, but when he does throw to the body the resulting punches can really be devastating.

Bute (obviously) ended Andrade’s night in their rematch fight with a bodyshot, and he also dropped Fulgencio Zuniga with a blow to the midsection as well. There is no doubt in my mind that Bute has some of the strongest bodyshots in the super middleweight division.

In addition, while Bute is no Floyd Mayweather Jr., Lucian is not the worst fighter in the world defensively. He keeps his hands very low, and unless in serious trouble rarely ever puts up a real guard. He usually likes to just evade and move away from the punches, and then fire back with his own attack after his opponent misses.

Edison Miranda is coming off a victory himself, but albeit against a much lesser opponent who did very little to help his career.

Miranda just faced off with, and knocked out (in a single round), no-name Mexican brawler Francisco Sierra. Miranda’s fight with Sierra did not last long and Sierra is also orthodox fighter, so this fight is of little importance to the Bute fight.

First off, as far as I can see Miranda has not faced a southpaw opponent in 15 fights, way back in 2005!

Getting that out of the way, stylistically Edison Miranda is a completely different fighter then Lucian Bute. Miranda is wide, wild, leaves his chin open and is always looking for the knockout.

In fact, not only does Miranda fight differently then Bute, but overall I think he just has a bad style to have going up against Bute.

Lucian Bute is a counter puncher, and a pretty accurate one at that. Edison leaves himself so wide open to being hit, that every time he throws I can easily see him getting tagged hard with anything Bute fires at him.

Personally, I feel Miranda will have a very difficult time just avoiding getting hit by everything Bute throws at him, let alone trying to win the fight.

Now, before I get any further I need to add in that I believe Miranda is 95 percent shot. Edison Miranda, most likely, “lost it” after his fight with Kelly Pavlik. The fight was a slugfest from the opening bell, but Miranda was ultimately stopped in the seventh round of the their contest.

For some reason after that point, Miranda just never looked that great, even in victory. He went on to get knocked out easily by Arthur Abraham in four rounds, and lose a unanimous decision to Andre Ward in a fight that he was utterly dominated in and could have been stopped in had Ward put on more pressure.

I believe that Lucian Bute has more then enough power to put Miranda’s lights out. Edison is somewhat tough, but I feel that he is taking a nosedive in his career and his skills are starting to deteriorate. His punches even seem wilder and sloppier then ever before, and that is saying something!

I firmly believe that the only chance Miranda has of beating Bute is by knockout, most likely with a single punch. Miranda did not look good in finishing off Sierra when he had him hurt, and Bute would be more then willing to hold if he got stunned.

Honestly though, I don’t even know how much of a puncher’s chance Miranda has at this point in his quickly fading career, as he will not be able to land on Bute. His technique was always bad, but now it is absolutely atrocious. Unless Bute comes into the fight with half his ankle bitten off by a shark and three toes missing, I do not expect to see Lucian taking many shots in this fight.

There is one thing that may be able to help Miranda, should the fight extend past the middle rounds: Bute fades, and he fades bad!

Lucian faded against Andrade the first time around (Bute was hurt somewhat by the punch that dropped him in the final round, but stamina is what really killed him), and if you happen to see Bute fighting past, say, the six round mark, you can bet on seeing him tire quickly.

His punch output lowers, he throws and moves a bit slower, his combinations are shorter, and as a whole he begins to look like Wladimir Klitschko after 25 rounds of boxing.

Nonetheless, while Lucian is a boxer at heart, he has some serious power to go with his boxing ability. Miranda is too easy to hit, his chin too questionable at this point and Bute too skilled for me not to expect an easy Bute stoppage.

Granted, there is a very slight possibility that Bute never puts on the heat and just potshots Miranda until the final bell sounds, but in my mind if Bute lets Miranda go to the tenth round, it will have been a very, very, poor performance in my book. And frankly, if Bute has not stopped Miranda by the tenth, its not going to happen as Bute will have already faded.

Lucian Bute should be able to hurt, and possibly drop Miranda with a single well-placed shot to either the body or the head, and Edison Miranda not getting hit with a good shot within ten rounds, especially from a guy like Bute, seems absurd.

Krakrabbit: 2.10 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {-105}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.05 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {-105}
D3: 1.05 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {-105}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

PPV Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night fight fans will be treated to a WBF heavyweight title bout when Evander “The Real Deal” Holyfield, (42-10-2, 27KO’s) battles Francois Botha, (47-4-3, 28KO’s) live from the Thomas & Mack Center, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Holyfield opened the contest as the clear betting favorite and his number has remained pretty steady and currently rests at –245. Botha supports get the underdog cash at +200. The O/U on the bout is set at 10.5 rounds, with the over coming in at -240 and the under at +200.

Unfortunately, and for some strange reason, none of the sports books have put out any props for this fight.

It is easy to say that this is a fight that should have been made a while ago. Both of these men are easily past their prime, and neither will ever have a real shot at getting a “name” heavyweight belt again. However, the fight could be a good opportunity to pad your personal bankroll...

Evander Holyfield, now 47 (must...not...make...joke...), is coming off a very close decision loss at the hands of Nikolay Valuev in Switzerland.

In his fight with the Russian Giant, Holyfield was able land pretty much at will on his much taller opponent, and Evander was, shockingly enough, even able to press the action throughout the fight.

In fact, many boxing fans (including myself) believed that Holyfield had the fight won at the end of the final round. But alas, Holyfield lost a close and controversial majority decision on the scorecards against the man who would go on to fight David Haye in his next fight.

Holyfield, as I mentioned is past his prime for sure, but nowadays Holyfield has trouble with even weaker opposition such as Valuev and Sultan Ibragimov. In his heyday, Evander would most likely beat down these two men with ease.

However, despite Holyfield’s slowing down, he is still a solid fighter. What you saw back in the “old days” is basically what you see now. “The Real Deal” has not changed much throughout his career, and the only real difference is that Holyfield now has even worse stamina then ever before.

Speaking of washed up and tired, Francois Botha, now 41, is coming off a controversial decision himself, but one that he really got lucky in. The 8-1 Cuban heavyweight Pedro Carrion, Botha’s last opponent, put up a shockingly good fight against Botha six months ago.

In fact, much of the boxing community believes that Botha was actually soundly beaten in that fight, and was extremely lucky to escape the arena with a draw (which was heavily booed by the crowd when announced).

Francois Botha has been mostly gone for quite a while. He barely scraped by Timo Hoffmann, and as I just mentioned could have very well lost to Carrion in his last fight.

I’ll be blunt here; I don’t think Botha has a shot in this fight. He will not be able to crack Holyfield’s chin and he will be hard pressed to outbox Evander and get around his jab.

Botha does have one thing that may be able to help him out in this fight though, Holyfield’s stamina. Evander always had stamina troubles, but at this point in his career The Real Deal is often gasping for air after only a few rounds.

However, I do not feel this is something Botha can really exploit, considering he also gasses very badly. In fact, I think The White Buffalo has the weaker pair of lungs of the two men!

Overall, Evander Holyfield just has more going for him in this fight. I do not think “they” would do Botha any special favors and rob Holyfield. If Evander wins, I think he will win.

I suspect a boring fight for this one. I would not be surprised to see a rather one-sided fight for Holyfield, who will most likely use his jab and boxing ability to soundly defeat Botha via unanimous decision.

Krakrabbit: 3.67 Units On Holyfield {-245}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.45 Units On Holyfield {-245}
D3: 2.45 Units On Holyfield {-245}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

UFC 112 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 112: Invincible, MMA fans will be treated to a middleweight title fight when Anderson “The Spider” Silva, (25-4, 15KO’s, 4 Submissions) battles once beaten Demian Maia, (12-1, 2KO’s, 8 Submissions.) from the Ferrari World Concert Arena, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates.

Silva opened the contest as the large betting favorite and his line has slowly moved up, with Silva resting at –700 and Maia sitting at +500.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 5 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -1200, and the Will Go at +600. Silva ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at -430, while Silva by decision will reward you with +937. Maia ITD hits the mark at +544, and Maia by decision lands at +1650. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +10000.

As of late, Anderson Silva, the current reigning middleweight champion, has been on a rampage.

In his last five fights alone, Silva has defeated the likes of Dan Henderson, James Irvin, Patrick Cote, Thales Leites, and most recently made a temporary move up to light heavyweight and demolished former champion Forrest Griffin.

Anderson, in the past couple years, has really been peaking and showing that he is a dominant force in the middleweight or light heavyweight division. In fact, looking at Silva’s resume, you cannot get a much better track record then Anderson has.

In addition to the names I already mentioned, Silva has also had his hand raised against names such as Rich Franklin, Chris Leben, Nate Marquardt, Hayato Sakurai, and Jeremy Horn, among other lesser names.

It is evident that few people have been able to even compete with Silva, let alone dominate him, and frankly, I do not think Maia has much of a shot in this fight.

Demian Maia is coming off a victory over Dan Miller, and is just one fight removed from a twenty-one second knockout loss at the hands of Nate Marquardt.

In his fight with Nate “The Great”, Maia was never given the opportunity to get the fight to the ground and instead ended up getting knocked out with a single right hand from Marquardt.

However, Maia is not a terrible fighter. Demian has some of the best Ju-Jitsu in the middleweight division, and is one of the best ground fighters in the UFC as a whole. If Maia gets his man to the ground, they are going to be hard pressed to get back up to their feet without a twisted limb.

The stand up game is where Maia fails though. He is very predictable in the stand up department in my opinion, and I often see him pull the same combination during fights. Punch, punch, takedown. Punch, punch, takedown.

Considering Anderson Silva’s outstanding stand up skills (and astonishingly quick reflexes, which he likes to show off against slower opponents such as Griffin), I feel that Demian will be in a very tough spot from the opening bell.

Anderson Silva is much to fast for Maia to have any hope of even landing on “The Spider”. Maia’s only chance of winning this fight is by somehow getting Silva on his back, and submitting him for the third time in his career.

However, Silva is a Black Belt in Ju-Jitsu himself, and trains with Team Nogueira and the Nogueira brothers (Antonio Rodrigo, and Antonio Rogerio), so its safe to say that while Silva rarely hits the mats, he is no slouch on the ground.

In the end, Maia is a slower, weaker, less skilled stand up fighter. He will not be able to land often on Anderson Silva, and I would not be surprised to see Silva pulling out a performance similar to the Forrest Griffin fight.

As I mentioned, Maia’s only hope of winning is by submitting Silva, but every fight starts standing. I expect Anderson to easily dominate Maia, and I would be surprised to see the ground wizard escape the second round.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Silva Round 1 {+200} & .50 Units On Silva Round 2 {+300}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Silva Round 1 {+200} & 1.00 Units On Silva Round 2 {+300}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

UFC 112 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 112: Invincible, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight title fight when BJ Penn, (15-5, 6KO’s, 6 Submissions) battles once beaten Frankie Edgar, (11-1, 2KO’s, 3 Submissions.) from the Ferrari World Concert Arena, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates.

Penn opened the contest as the large betting favorite and his line has slowly moved up, with Penn resting at –700 and Edgar sitting at +500.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 5 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -350, and the Will Go at +250. Penn ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at -210, while Penn by decision will reward you with +322. Edgar ITD hits the mark at +596, and Edgar by decision lands at +1357. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +8500.

BJ Penn, like Anderson Silva, has been destroying his recent opponents. Penn is riding a two-fight win streak with victories over Kenny Florian and Diego Sanchez, both of whom Penn stopped.

BJ has not had an outstandingly long career, but the names on his resume so far are very impressive. Penn has been able to beat names such as Din Thomas, Caol Uno, Matt Serra, Takanori Gomi, Renzo Gracie, Joe Stevenson, Sean Sherk and Jens Pulver, and has also competed with Georges St-Pierre, and Matt Hughes, just to name a few.

The thing about BJ Penn though, is that in order to see the best from Penn, he needs to be in the lightweight division.

There is no doubt in my mind that Penn is an absolute force at lightweight, and has substantially better cardio and strength. Fortunately for Penn, this fight is at lightweight and I fully expect another brilliant performance from BJ.

However, Frankie Edgar is no bum. Edgar is fresh off the biggest win of his career over Sean Sherk, in which he was able to easily outbox the UFC legend for a unanimous decision win.

Frankie Edgar does not quite have the same names on his resume as Penn, but has faced some very good opposition in his career such as Tyson Griffin, Jim Miller, Hermes Franca, Spencer Fisher and put up a fight against Gray Maynard as well.

Like Penn, Edgar does have very good boxing ability. Footwork, speed, and technical striking can all be seen when watching Edgar in action. However, despite his solid boxing and even some very good wrestling ability, I do not feel that Edgar is as well rounded as Penn is.

Frankie does train with Ricardo Almeida and has been working on his ground skills, but it would take multiple years for Edgar to even rival the ground prowess that Penn possesses.

I feel that while Edgar will be able to compete standing (I still expect him to lose the stand up war, but he will be competitive unlike Kenny Florian), Penn has the ability to end this fight whenever he wants.

Edgar will most likely not be able to keep Penn from getting this fight to the ground, and when Frankie does hit his back he will not be able to battle getting submitted for long.

I suspect that Penn, who likes to strike with his opponents, will allow Edgar to go some rounds by making this fight into a boxing match.

However, when Penn feels threatened or simply wants to go home, he will be able to take Edgar down and submit him with relative ease.

I wouldn’t be shocked to see Edgar go a few rounds, but I would be surprised if Penn allows Edgar to hear the scorecards being read at the end of the fight.

Krakrabbit: 2.10 Units On Penn ITD {-210}
Boxeo: .50 Units On Will Go 5 Rounds {+250}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: .50 Units On Will Go 5 Rounds {+250}
D3: .50 Units On Will Go 5 Rounds {+250}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

UFC 112 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 112: Invincible, MMA fans will be treated to a welterweight fight when former champion Matt Hughes, (43-7, 15KO’s, 18 Submissions) battles Renzo Gracie, (13-6, 2KO’s, 7 Submissions.) from the Ferrari World Concert Arena, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates.

Hughes opened the contest as the betting favorite and his line has remained pretty stagnant, with Hughes resting at –440 and Gracie sitting at +350.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -260, and the Will Go at +180. Hughes ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at -108, while Hughes by decision will reward you with +281. Gracie ITD hits the mark at +509, and Gracie by decision lands at +757. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +7500.

Matt Hughes is a well-known legend in the UFC, having held the welterweight title for the longest period of time in UFC history. As well as that, Hughes is also a very well rounded fighter with 15KOs and 18 submissions in his very long 50-fight career.

Hughes has faced far too many solid names to mention all of them here, but some of them include BJ Penn, Royce Gracie, Sean Sherk, Frank Trigg, Hayato Sakurai, Georges St-Pierre, Thiago Alves and most recently Matt Serra.

Having fought professionally for 12-years, Hughes was bound to start showing signs of slowing down at some point.

Matt is 2-3 in his last five, and had been knocked out in two of those three losses. Now, granted, all of those losses have come at the hands of elite fighters (Alves, St-Pierre twice), but by no means has Hughes been looking good in even his victories.

Most recently Hughes fought and beat Matt Serra by a very controversial unanimous decision.

In his fight with Serra, Hughes was very badly rocked by Serra in the first round, and if Serra had more finishing ability may have been stopped! Now, St-Pierre knocking Hughes out is fine. Alves knocking him out is also fine. But when Matt Serra (currently 2KOs) is making Hughes wobble around the cage like he was shot, there may be a problem.

Personally, I feel that after the brutal Alves KO loss (and perhaps even earlier then that), Matt Hughes’ chin was severely damaged permanently. Hughes never had a great chin to begin with, but I really feel that Matt’s chin has gone!

Hughes should be safe here against Renzo Gracie though...should.

Gracie is coming off a DQ win over Frank Shamrock in a somewhat one-sided fight that Shamrock was winning. However, the thing about this fight is that it happened 38-months ago!

Renzo Gracie has not stepped into the cage in just over three years, and the reasoning behind Gracie’s return is a bit of a mystery still.

This massive layoff for Gracie could very well affect him in a bad way, from his stamina to even his ground abilities. There is little doubt in my mind that there has got to be a whole lot of rust sitting on Gracie right now.

Stylistically, I feel Hughes is a bad match up for Gracie. Gracie can be taken down and put on his back, and against a top tier wrestler like Matt Hughes this can spell two things: boring, and danger!

Matt Hughes will more then likely come out of the starting gates looking for the takedown and lay and pray, and while this does not usually mean “stoppage”, I suspect it could in this situation.

Even though Hughes is what some would call a “boring” fighter nowadays, his style could really hurt Gracie in this fight. I have a feeling Renzo’s layoff will affect his stamina in this fight, and when he is put on his back he will most likely be gasping for air. After all, being laid on by a bulky fighter who is probably 175+ pounds on fight night can be exhausting, especially if Gracie is trying to get back up to his feet.

I feel that this fight could very well go some rounds if Hughes elects to lay on Gracie without trying to end the fight or cause damage, but Gracie’s layoff could kill him here. There is a strong chance that Gracie’s cardio is terrible going into this fight, and a tired fighter is a very vulnerable fighter.

Hughes should have a dominant performance, and I believe he will be able to end the fight anytime after the first round, but as I mentioned if Hughes does not attempt to cause damage this fight could go the distance.

Krakrabbit: .54 Units On Hughes ITD {-108}
Boxeo: 1.08 Units On Hughes ITD {-108}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: .54 Units On Hughes ITD {-108}
D3: .54 Units On Hughes ITD {-108}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

UFC 112 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 112: Invincible, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight battle when Terry Etim, (14-2, 2KO’s, 11 Submissions) battles Rafael dos Anjos, (13-4, 1KO’s, 6 Submissions.) from the Ferrari World Concert Arena, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates.

Etim opened the contest as the slight betting favorite and his line has remained mostly steady, with Etim resting at –128 and dos Anjos sitting at +108.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -180, and the Will Go at +140. Etim ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +144, while Etim by decision will reward you with +272. dos Anjos ITD hits the mark at +263, and dos Anjos by decision lands at +446. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +6500.

Both Terry Etim and Rafael dos Anjos are up and coming prospects that are looking to make a name for themselves on the main card of this UFC event.

Etim is coming off a one-sided submission victory over Shannon Gugerty just five months ago at UFC 105.

In his fight with Gugerty, Etim was able to easily control the action and the ground game, ultimately netting himself another submission victory and a win over a somewhat decent opponent.

Terry Etim, despite being a relative no name and an up and comer, is quite the skilled fighter.

The Liverpool, England resident’s most impressive asset is his ground game. Etim has some serious skills on the ground, and is also varied when the fight hits the mat. Etim has the ability to grab a submission off his back, or while on top and has a solid array of submission victories on his resume ranging from the Brabo Choke to the Triangle Choke.

In addition to his very good ground abilities, Etim is also not a bad stand up fighter either. While you can see that striking isn’t what Etim excels at, I am rather impressed with his stand up fighting for being a ground fighter. As most of you know, ground fighters usually don’t have anything in the stand up department.

Etim has a very good Muay-Thai clinch as well as knees and kicks, and his striking isn’t half bad either (nice and straight most of the time). As well as that, Etim does have a decent amount of speed while standing. His kicks can be launched rather quickly, and his punches snap pretty well. It’s a shame Etim has so little power in his gloves, or he could pose the knockout threat to many fighters.

Etim is not without his flaws though, as he does hold two losses. Those two losses came at the hands of Gleison Tibau and Rich Clementi, both of which were able to decision Etim.

Etim did lose both of those fights via unanimous decision, but he did put up somewhat of a fight against both men. However, I have a slight feeling that Etim has some trouble with top tier wrestling.

Rafael dos Anjos is coming off a win himself, over Kyle Bradley three short months ago.

Rafael, like Etim, is also a skilled ground fighter and holds six of his wins by submission. However, I do not feel that dos Anjos is as well rounded as Etim is, and is lacking in a couple key areas, one of those areas being stand up.

Rafael only has a single knockout, and for some odd reason he likes to brawl more then he likes to keep the fight on the ground. I have seen multiple times that dos Anjos is more then willing to fight a stand up war with his opponent, even if he is losing that war.

He did the same thing against Tyson Griffin (whom he lost a one-sided decision to) and he also did the same thing with Jeremy Stephens (who knocked dos Anjos out hard). Dos Anjos’ stand up seemed to have been a slight bit better against Robert Emerson, but nonetheless Emerson has an even record of 9-9, so beating him is not a big accomplishment in my book.

Rafael dos Anjos, as I mentioned is skilled on the ground but he tends to fight his opponent’s fight. If his opponent wants to stand, dos Anjos will stand. If his opponent wants to hit the mat, dos Anjos will be willing to do that as well.

I feel that Etim has more refined and tighter striking (I personally believe dos Anjos’ striking is quite bad), and that on the ground Etim will be able to hold his own.

Dos Anjos would be best off trying to wrestle Etim and keep top position for as long as he can, because I believe Etim is just the better, more skilled fighter of the two.

I would not be surprised to see Etim dominate the stand up, and compete very well on the ground. Nor would I be shocked to see dos Anjos get caught in a submission at some point during the fight.

Krakrabbit: 2.56 Units On Etim {-128}
Boxeo: 1.28 Units On Etim {-128}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: .64 Units On Etim {-128}
D3: .64 Units On Etim {-128}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

UK Predictions
By Krakrabbit

On Saturday night David “The Hayemaker” Haye, (23-1, 21KO’s) faces off against former champion John “The Quiet Man” Ruiz, (44-8, 30KOs) live from the M.E.N. Arena, Manchester, Lancashire, United Kingdom.

Haye opened as the clear favorite in the bout and the money has been slowing flowing in on him bringing his number up to –600. Ruiz supporters can snatch the underdog money at +550. The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the under coming in at -120 and the over at -110.

David Haye is just coming off a (very) disputed decision win over Nikolay Valuev just five months ago in Germany.

In his fight with the Russian giant, Haye was mostly trying to outbox his much taller opponent throughout the fight. However, Valuev’s jab and overall aggression (yes, Valuev was the aggressor!) won the fight for Nikolay in many fan’s eyes.

Despite this, David Haye went on to win a majority decision with a 116-112 victory on two of the judge’s scorecards.

Haye who has only had two fights in the heavyweight division (obviously one against Valuev, and the other against a very faded Monte Barrett) is a very quick fighter who does possess a nice amount of skill, but by no means is flawless.

The most glaring flaw Haye has is right underneath his nose...literally! The Hayemaker’s chin is extremely fragile, and he has been hurt multiple times before in his career as well as stopped once by Carl Thompson.

Despite his terrible chin, David Haye is a pretty decent fighter. He has some fast hands and is a good combination puncher, and also has very strong power in his gloves. He was even able to seriously hurt the solid chinned Valuev in the final round of their fight.

John Ruiz, who seems like he has been fighting since the beginning of time, is himself coming off another victory in his career, albeit over a less then stellar opponent.

Adnan Serin (who is currently 19-11) was unable to hold up to Ruiz’s shots for the full distance and his corner threw in the towel after seven rounds of beating.

In his fight with Serin, as expected, Ruiz looked very good. His right hand was strong and was landing at will on his much less experienced, and much less skilled adversary throughout the course of the fight. There was no question John Ruiz had his way with Serin for three minutes of every round.

I think this fight is rather simple to predict to be honest. Even though Ruiz is not regarded as a big power puncher, he does have some decent power in his sneaky right hand and perhaps just enough power to crack open Haye’s chin.

However, Ruiz will be the much slower of the two and does not throw as many punches as David does.

Not only that, but if Haye was able to get the nod in a very close fight against Valuev (that he could have very well lost) in Germany, I do not think there is any possibility that John Ruiz can win a decision against Haye in the United Kingdom. Especially considering a possible Haye/Klitschko fight may be on the horizon in the future.

Haye on the other hand will have homefield advantage, speed, and the power edge as well (not that I believe he can stop Ruiz). He will be lacking in the experience department compared to the 54-fight veteran who will be standing across from him in the ring, but overall he probably has more going for him.

As I mentioned, even though Haye can punch he will not be able to stop Ruiz. John Ruiz is a tough hombre as it is, but he is more then willing to hold so much and so tight you will need the Jaws of Life to tear him from his opponent.

Not only that, but Haye’s power at heavyweight may not be fully tested. He was able to blow through an always chinny but also shot Monte Barrett and hurt Nikolay Valuev once, but other then that he has not even faced any high-class opponents.

I fully expect a rather boring fight though, as Haye boxes Ruiz throughout the course of the fight landing quick combination after quick combination before Ruiz has the chance to land any thundering blows to David’s glass chin.

I personally feel the over is a steal in this fight!

Krakrabbit: 2.20 Units On Over 9.5 Rounds {-110}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: .55 Units On Over 9.5 Rounds {-110}
D3: .55 Units On Over 9.5 Rounds {-110}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

PPV Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night we have living legend Roy Jones Jr., (54-6, 40KO’s) squaring off against fellow future hall of famer Bernard “The Executioner” Hopkins, (50-5, 32KO’s) in a light heavyweight affair, live from the Mandalay Bay Resort & Casino, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Hopkins opened the contest as the clear betting favorite, but as soon as the line was placed the public quickly jumped on him, knocking his number all the way up to -500. Jones supporters get the underdog cash at +450. The O/U on the bout is set at 11.5 rounds, with the under coming in at +130 and the over sitting at -140.

If you like Hopkins by stoppage you can get it at +158, while a Hopkins decision nets you +125. You can get Jones by stoppage at +1200, and Jones by decision will net you +650. The odds the fight is declared a draw lands at +2800.

Let me make this clear from the start, I feel there is something weird about this fight! As you can see, Roy Jones Jr by decision is a mighty +650, nearly 7-1. Now, its not that Jones is the underdog that makes me a little suspicious, it is the fact that when the lines opened, the odds for a Jones stoppage or Jones decision were both the same.

Now, there is nothing to suggest that Jones has an equal chance at knocking out The Executioner then he does to decision him. Roy is not a power puncher, and Hopkins has an iron chin, so why the exact line for both props? Obviously the line moved to make Jones by KO much higher then it opened at, but nonetheless the lines the books originally had caught my eye.

Not only do the odds for this fight perplex me, but there have been some recent...odd comments coming out of Roy Jones Jr’s camp.

Roy’s longtime trainer (been with Jones since 1990!) Alton Merkerson has recently stated that should Jones take too many shots, he would be willing to stop the fight so Jones did not take too much damage. He says this because he has also gone on record stating that he does not believe Jones should be fighting anymore, and should already be retired.

In addition, the man himself Roy Jones Jr said that if Bernard Hopkins if able to hurt him on Saturday night, it may very well be time to retire (implying that Hopkins shouldn’t have enough power to hurt him).

Bernard Hopkins is by no means a power puncher at all, nor is he a volume puncher. Hopkins is no stranger to throwing 30-40 punches per round, and even when Bernard does throw he does not pack a huge punch.

In fact, The Executioner has not stopped an opponent since 2004, spanning eight fights (going 5-3 throughout that period).

The 22-year veteran Bernard Hopkins has only scored 32KOs in his long 55-fight carrer, and when you watch Hopkins fight you would think he does not have a single KO.

Despite being the “Executioner”, Hopkins fights a very safety first style at all times. Coming forward behind a tight guard, Hopkins likes to trap his opponent into a place where they cannot move away from him. Once his pray immobile, Hopkins fires off a couple shots then...nothing really.

Whether he has been beating on his guy for 12 rounds, landing at will or hurt him, Hopkins will very rarely go for the kill inside the ring. He is always more then content with a a very boring decision victory.

But, not only does Hopkins not throw many punches, but he also has another aspect to his style: dirtiness! Bernard is an extremely dirty fighter, who is able to get away with throwing illegal shots at his opponents all night (his experience lets him slickly attack his opponent with anything he wants before the referee can see).

Adding to that, Hopkins is also a very rough fighter. Elbows, low blows, headbutts, pushing, shoving, holding and hitting and rabbit punches are just some of the things Hopkins does inside the ring on a consistant basis.

Roy Jones Jr on the other hand is a very quick, very slick boxer that likes to hit and not be hit.

Despite being 41-years old and having fought professionally for 21-years, Jones still has astoundingly fast hands as well as very solid defense.

As you probably already know, Roy Jones Jr was an absolute beast in his prime. He was seldom hit, and was able to rocket off multiple punch combinations on his opponent’s face before they could blink.

Of course, even nowadays six years after being knocked out by Antonio Tarver, he still has most of the traits he did back in his heyday.

The biggest attribute Roy has lost with age is his legs. Jones used to be able to box around the ring like Muhammad Ali, but at this stage of his career he is unable to move around as much as he used.

Jones always liked to play the rope-a-dope defensive game, but at this point that is where Roy spends most of his time. He was able to beat on Jeff Lacy while lying on the ropes, and Danny Green even knocked Jones out while Roy was near the ropes. Good or bad, Roy Jones Jr is a fighter who is on the ropes 90% of the time.

Stylistically, I feel this fight is favored for Jones. Roy is the much, faster fighter (and when I say much, I mean MUCH faster fighter), and has the precision to land on Hopkins more then many of Bernard’s opponents do.

As well as that, the speed difference will also help Jones keep out of danger, as Hopkins will most likely have trouble finding Jones. You can’t hit what you can’t see is the old saying.

However, I do think that Hopkins’ style may pose some troubles for Roy at some point during the fight. As I mentioned, Jones cannot move around very much anymore and prefers to stay stationary on the ropes.

As such, Hopkins will be able to stand there and fire off his right hand all night without having to chase Jones (as he did in the first fight, which is why he lost...Bernard couldn’t catch up to Jones).

As I also mentioned before, Bernard Hopkins is by no means a clean fighter and pulls off plenty of dirty tactics during the fight. I fully expect Hopkins to use everything in his arsenal against Jones, and perhaps even more so because of the rivalry between Jones and Hopkins.

One specific Hopkins “bully tactic” I am worried about is the use of headbutts. Roy Jones has been cut before (his most recent cut coming against Joe Cokezaghe, oh, I mean Joe Calzaghe) and the Executioner sometimes uses his head as a weapon.

I personally believe there is a strong possibility that Jones gets cut by a Hopkins headbutt, and whether or not Bernard could be caught (he could very well be caught and DQ’d in this fight), the cut would already be open and bleeding.

As well as that, I once again shine light onto the statements made by Jones and Alton Merkerson.

Should Hopkins be able to hurt Jones or is just landing too much, I feel there is a very good chance that Merkerson stops the fight for Roy’s well being.

Despite having been knocked out three times already and fought an even sixty times, it seems that Roy is walking down Death Row and everyone is just waiting for him to be “Executed”.

Bernard Hopkins wants the knockout, Merkerson is more then willing to stop the fight, and Jones could retire after this fight if Hopkins was hurting him.

In addition, I am not so sure that Jones can even win on the judge’s scorecards. Bernard Hopkins is a part of Golden Boy Promotions, who, to say the least, has been...involved with some extremely shady decisions before.

Especially considering how much Hopkins and Jones hate each other, this fight could well be rigged so that Roy can only win by knockout!

I do feel Jones has somewhat of a shot here, but there are way too many factors going against him in this fight for him to be the bet in this fight.

I expect Hopkins to end up pinning (or Jones just walking to the ropes actually) Roy on the ropes and throwing as much as he can for three minutes of every round (which won’t be very many punches, mind you). I would not be surprised to see Jones retire in the corner or Merkerson stopping the fight sometime later in the bout.

There is also a chance that if Jones gets cut, the fight gets stopped off of the cut. I think this fight is meant to be Hopkins’ revenge fight, and despite him not stopping anyone in six years, I have a feeling it could very well happen on Saturday night.

Krakrabbit: .75 Units On Under 11.5 Rounds {+130}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: 1.00 Units On Jones {+450}
Doody: .50 Units On Under 11.5 Rounds {+130}
D3: .50 Units On Under 11.5 Rounds {+130}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

UFN Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Wednesday night on UFC Fight Night 21, MMA fans will be treated to a heavyweight fight when grappler Roy “Big Country” Nelson, (14-4, 7KO’s, 4 Submissions) battles thrice beaten Stefan “Skyscraper” Struve, (19-3, 3KO’s, 14 Submissions.) from the Bojangles Coliseum, Charlotte, North Carolina.

Nelson opened the contest as the betting favorite and the line has remained pretty much stagnant with Nelson resting at –295 and Struve sitting at +250.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Won’t Go coming in at -350, and the Will Go at +250. Nelson ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at -158, while Nelson by decision will reward you with +410. Struve ITD hits the mark at +386, and Struve by decision lands at +724. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +8500.

IFL veteran Roy Nelson is fresh off his first win in the UFC over previously unbeaten brawler Brendan "The Hybrid" Schaub just three months ago on The Ultimate Fighter finale.

In his fight with Schaub, which only lasted three minutes, Nelson survived a very light early storm from Schaub during the first thirty seconds of the fight, but was able to eventually take Brendan down.

Nelson basically just laid on Schaub for a bit until Brendan was able to get back to his feet. In the stand up war, I believe Nelson was having some difficulties with the jab of Schaub and had trouble finding his range.

However, soon after Schaub got up off his back Nelson landed a quick right hand (that may have been very near the back of Brendan’s head...) that put “The Hybrid” to sleep.

Nelson, as a whole, isn’t a bad fighter. He has surprisingly good cardio for a man of his size and physique and as well as deceiving power, but his biggest asset is most likely his outstanding ground game.

“Big Country” has an amazing ground game and the ability to compete with nearly anyone in the heavyweight division on the ground, and has yet to be submitted or even put in any real danger of being dominated on the ground.

Despite his abilities when the fight hits the mat, Roy Nelson does like to strike whenever possible. As I said, Nelson has deceiving power in his hands and has the majority of his wins are by KO.

However, I feel where Nelson lacks the most is in the stand up department. Roy’s striking is not very technical, and you will often see him winging wide, wild shots at his opponent. Now, if one of those haymakers land he has the chance to hurt his opponent, but at the same time while throwing he leaves himself wide open to getting countered.

In fact, even Brendan Schaub was able to pull off a few counter attacks throughout his short fight with Roy.

Stefan Struve is himself off another victory in his growing career over Paul Buentello at UFC 107.

Struve is mostly an unknown amongst MMA supporters aside from the hardcore fans, but the guy is not to be taken lightly and has a lot going for him right now. Aside from being an unheard of 6’11 tall (hence the name “Skyscraper”), he is riding a three-fight win streak (albeit against limited competition) and currently holds 14 submissions out of his 19 wins as a pro.

Struve, as you could have probably guessed, excels when the fight hits the ground. However, as with Nelson, Struve is not the best striker Mixed Martial Arts has ever seen. Stefan is very good on the ground and has a varied arsenal when grappling, but when it comes to striking Struve has some serious flaws.

First off, and perhaps most importantly, his chin is bad! This possibly could be due to the old “tall men have bad chins” theory that has been around for ages, but whatever the case may be the fact of the matter is that Struve’s chin is very easy to crack.

Paul Buentello dropped Struve, as well as hurt him on multiple occasions when they faced off three months ago. Also, not only does Stefan lack a solid jaw, but he is also easy to hit.

Despite always having a significant size advantage over his opponent, his shorter adversaries are usually always able to look up and land on the Skyscraper with relative ease. I believe some of that may be contributed to the way Struve fights. He tends to fight small and often fails to use his height inside the cage.

As well as that, Stefan Struve does not have great takedown defense. His long legs do not do him any good when his opponent is trying to take him down, and if he wasn’t as good as he was on the ground he would be in big trouble often as he is not hard to get on his back!

I feel that Roy Nelson is more then equipped to deal with Struve on the ground, and there is a very good possibility that Big Country is able to take Struve down rather easily in this fight.

However, I am not certain that Nelson has the ability to submit Struve. As I said, Struve is quite adept on the ground and Roy has the habit of doing less working and more laying when he is on top.

In addition, Nelson has enough power to crack Struve’s chin right open if he lands. Also, while Nelson’s striking usually puts him at risk and makes it harder for him to hit his opponent, I believe his wide, looping shots thrown upward will actually help him here against Struve due to the height difference.

When Roy Nelson throws wide against similar sized opponents, he often has trouble hitting his target. But against Struve, those loose punches should loop right around and land on Stefan’s chin.

Struve is not a bad fighter, but he puts himself at a disadvantage by allowing himself to be taken down and hit so easily. If Nelson is able to put Struve on his back, he will have a very difficult time getting back up to his feet.

Standing, Nelson has more then enough power to put Struve’s lights out and has the chin to stand up to Struve’s light punches as well.

I expect Stefan to have his moments (by landing the occasional counter punch on Roy), but I feel Big Country is superior to Struve overall and should be able to get past Skyscraper, most likely by knockout.

Krakrabbit: 1.58 Units On Nelson ITD {-158}
Boxeo: 1.58 Units On Nelson ITD {-158}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

UFN Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Wednesday night on UFC Fight Night 21, MMA fans will be treated to a welterweight fight when Gleison Tibau, (20-6, 2KO’s, 9 Submissions) battles Caol “Uno Shoten” Uno, (25-12, 2KO’s, 13 Submissions.) from the Bojangles Coliseum, Charlotte, North Carolina.

Tibau opened the contest as the betting favorite and the line has slowly moved up with Tibau resting at –270 and Uno sitting at +230.

Gleison Tibau is fresh off one of the biggest wins of his career with a unanimous decision win over Josh Neer at UFC 104.

In his fight with Neer, Tibau displayed amazing takedowns and a very strong top game while beating down on his overmatched opponent.

Neer was unable to do much of anything against Tibau, as he was taken down time after time by Tibau, who managed to dominate with ease over the three round distance.

Tibau showed once again in his fight with “The Dentist” that he has some very solid fighting skills and is getting to the point where he is able to compete with the higher echelon of fighters.

Gleison Tibau has had an up and down career, with wins over Jason Dent, Terry Etim, Rich Clementi, Jeremy Stephens and now Josh Neer, but losses to fighters such as Nick Diaz, Tyson Griffin and Melvin Guillard may hint at his inability to beat the best in the business.

However, if his fight with Neer was any indication it looks as though Tibau is really starting to improve.

Whatever the case may be now though, Tibau has always had a good takedown! Gleison has amazing takedown ability, as well as strength (he isn’t a stranger to picking him his opponent and slamming them down). His takedown attempts are fast, strong and succeed more often then not. I would even go so far as to say Tibau has some of the best takedowns in the UFC (though there are plenty of better takedown artists, don’t get me wrong)!

Also, while Tibau only holds two knockout victories (his latest coming in 2007 over a fighter who holds a 2-1 record), I believe Gleison has an underrated striking game. Tibau is not overly wild with his punches, and doesn’t have the worst boxing I have seen in MMA.

Caol Uno on the other hand is coming off a draw against Fabricio Camoes just four months ago at UFC 106.

In his fight with Camoes, Uno struggled very heavily against his lesser experienced foe and many believe that Caol actually lost and did not deserve to walk out of the arena with a draw.

This is not the first time Uno has struggled, and as of late it seems that Caol cannot get anything really rolling for himself. Having lost three of his past five against Andre Amado (now 6-4), the faded Spencer Fisher (who just lost his last fight) and Shinya Aoki, it is easy to see that Uno has not been very successful lately.

But if you look back at his career, Uno has always had trouble keeping a win streak together, especially when put up against a top-tier opponent. Losses to Hermes Franca, BJ Penn, Jens Pulver, and Joachim Hansen dot his record in addition to losses sustained at the hands of...less then world class opponents.

As well as that, I feel that Caol Uno may be slowing down in his career and his record in his past five fights contributes to the idea that he is losing it.

I believe that Gleison Tibau is vastly superior to Caol Uno, and has better ground game, stand up game and his wrestling is several classes higher then Uno’s.

Tibau has all of the advantages coming into this fight, and in addition to that he is rising through the ranks whereas Uno is rapidly declining at this point in his career.

Gleison is the better fighter, and Uno may well be on his way out. I expect Tibau to land takedown after takedown in this fight, eventually earning a unanimous decision in a very one-sided bout.

Krakrabbit: 4.00 Units On Tibau {-200}
Boxeo: 6.00 Units On Tibau {-200}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.00 Units On Tibau {-200}
D3: 2.00 Units On Tibau {-200}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

UFN Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Wednesday night on UFC Fight Night 21, MMA fans will be treated to a middleweight fight when Gerard Harris, (14-2, 6KO’s, 6 Submissions) battles Mario Miranda, (9-0, 4KO’s, 3 Submissions.) from the Bojangles Coliseum, Charlotte, North Carolina.

Harris opened the contest as the betting favorite and the money has slowly moved in on Miranda, knocking Harris down to a –135 gavorite and Miranda a +105 underdog.

Unfortunately, seeing as how this fight is on the untelevised undercard portion of the event, no Will Go/Won’t Go or specific props were released.

More likely then not, you have not heard of either of these two men. Gerard Harris, who has only had one fight in the UFC, and Mario Miranda, who is making his UFC debut, are complete unknowns to most of the MMA community.

Gerard Harris is still an up and coming fighter, but with 16 fights under his belt he is quickly rising through the ranks and currently faces the biggest test of his career in Miranda.

Harris as of yet has not faced but a single name (Benji Radach, whom he was stopped by) in his professional career, but does look like a promising fighter who may be able to have a good career in the UFC.

Despite having an even number of knockouts as he does submissions, Harris is by no means a submission expert. Even though he has six “submissions”, he really only has three genuine subs. Three of Harris’ submissions have come by way of injury and strikes.

Gerard is a slam happy fighter who often is able to pick his opponent off his feet (with ease I might add) and slam them down onto the canvas.

In doing so, he often leaves himself open to being submitted and even while not slamming his opponents through the mat Harris can sometimes get caught in tight jams.

In addition to his tremendous slams, Harris also has a very good top game on the ground. While it isn’t exactly an original style, Harris does have some mean ground and pound when he is on top.

He often likes to lead with a slam, and then jumps into his opponent’s guard and starts raining punches.

Adding to his style, Gerald Harris has a nice amount of power in his gloves and has the ability to alter a fight in an instant if he lands the right punch.

Mario Miranda is also an up and coming fighter; risking his undefeated record and making his UFC debut on Wednesday night.

Miranda also only has one notable name on his resume (the not so great Rick Story), and is also trying to make a name for himself in the UFC.

Mario Miranda has a polar opposite style then Gerard Harris. Miranda is a very cautious fighter and is not a volume puncher by any means. He often takes his sweet time deciding when to throw, and he also seems to lack the strength to slam his opponents. In fact, he never even tries!

Miranda is a decision fighter in his style. Despite finishing seven of his nine opponents, Miranda is not aggressive enough to put away the higher tier of opposition (even Rick Story, who is very slightly above the level of Miranda’s other competition went the distance).

Adding to that, Miranda does not have a great ground game. He is very passive on the ground as well, and seems to prefer a “lay ‘n pray” game while on the ground rather then really working.

Now, I’m not saying Miranda is a terrible fighter, but I do not think he is at the same level of skill as Gerard Harris. Harris has more experience and is much more active in the cage.

I can easily envision Harris successfully slamming and raining punches down on Miranda for as long as he can take it. I suspect the only way Miranda wins is by freak submission, but I do not expect that to happen.

It would not surprise me in the least bit to see Miranda taking a beating and finally getting stopped later in the fight, perhaps in the second round.

Krakrabbit: 2.70 Units On Gerard Harris {-135}
Boxeo: 2.70 Units On Gerard Harris {-135}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.35 Units On Gerard Harris {-135}
D3: 1.35 Units On Gerard Harris {-135}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on HBO, fight fans will be treated to a rematch when Joan Guzman, (29-0-1, 17KOs) and Ali Funeka, (30-2-1, 25KOs) square off live from the Hard Rock Hotel and Casino, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Ali Funeka opened as the favorite in the bout and his number has remained mostly stagnant and currently rests at -240. Guzman supporters will get +200. The O/U on the bout is set at 11.5 rounds, with the under coming in at +170 and the over at -230.

Funeka by KO comes in at +268, while the Funeka by decision will net you +119. Guzman by KO hits the mark at +645, and Guzman by decision lands at +330. The odds of the bout being declared a draw land at +2750.

This will be the second time Joan Guzman and Ali Funeka face off against each other. Their first fight ended in a draw, but was undoubtedly one of the biggest robberies in recent times.

Ali Funeka came into the fight with Guzman off a loss to Nate Campbell and was pegged as the rather large underdog despite Guzman having been out of the ring for eleven months.

The fight did not go as expected though and Funeka quickly gained control of the contest. Over the twelve round distance, Ali Funeka left Guzman battered, bloodied and easily beaten, and quite honestly the fight was a near shutout win for the South African.

However, at the end of the fight, two of the judges (Alan Davis and Benoit Roussel), for some reason nobody in the world can understand, scored the fight as an even 114-114 draw. Judge Joseph Pasquale scored the fight as 116-112 for Funeka. While Pasquale’s score was a bit closer then the fight actually was, at least he had the right fighter winning.

Because of the massive controversy, Guzman and Funeka have decided to get it on for the second time to settle the score.

Now, Guzman was somewhat hindered by a damaged nose that was gushing blood for the entire fight, but by no means do I think he would have won the fight even with a perfect nose or even an undamaged face.

Joan Guzman, prior to his fight with Ali Funeka, was a slick, quick, counter punching wizard who had blown past most of the competition in his career with relative ease.

Names such as Fernando Beltran Jr., Javier Jauregui, Jorge Rodrigo Barrios, Antonio Davis and Humberto Soto spot Guzman’s resume, all of which had been defeated by the New York native by unanimous decision (aside from Barrios).

Guzman had a ton of natural talent, and the smarts and style to use every weapon in his arsenal to his advantage.

However, after his eleven-month layoff he stepped into the ring with the underrated Ali Funeka. In his fight with Ali, not only was Guzman simply destroyed, he looked like a completely different fighter.

Joan Guzman was getting hit every time his opponent threw, his punch output was extremely low, his foot movement was nearly non-existent, his speed looked significantly diminished and his slick defensive skills were completely and utterly gone.

I believe that Guzman’s layoff, as well as his age (33 years old) played a big factor in Joan losing his reflexes. You could see throughout the fight that Guzman attempted to play the slickster game, but was unable to avoid most of Funeka’s shots.

Coming into this fight, Joan Guzman hired a new trainer (Lee Beard, the former trainer of Ricky Hatton. Yes, Ricky “The Hitman” Hatton) and no longer has to worry about the ring rust affecting him in this fight.

However, I believe that Guzman’s reflexes and ability to use the style he has had his entire career has disappeared. But, I think Joan knows this as well as there is no other reason why Guzman would hire the former trainer of Ricky Hatton. I feel that Guzman hired Beard in an attempt to learn how fight face to face with his opponent, as he is most likely unable to outbox them any more.

I am not sure how this strategy will work out, but I do not think it can hurt Guzman at all. After all, Joan could not fight much worse then he did the first time he met Funeka.

Ali Funeka is a very underrated fighter who is really just popping onto the map now after his fights with Joan Guzman and Nate Campbell.

Funeka is by no means a bad fighter, and is actually quite a good one. Ali has a nice, stiff jab that he uses on a consistent basis as well as a solid left hook and straight right hand.

What really sets “Rush Hour” apart from other lightweights is his massive height and reach though. Ali Funeka is a huge 6’1, and has an insane 72” inch wingspan as well.

Unlike many fighters though, Funeka uses his height and reach to his fullest advantage. While Ali doesn’t have a particularly “unique” style, his physical attributes (he is substantially taller then any other lightweight) help him make his style the best it can be.

Ali has proven time and time again that he can use his height and reach very well, and in the first fight with Guzman the jab ended up being a solid tool for Funeka throughout the fight.

I wonder every time Ali fights how he makes that 135-pound limit!

Speaking of weight limits, Joan Guzman missed the 135-pound weight limit for this fight...by NINE POUNDS! That’s right, Guzman weighed in at a massive 144-pounds for his rematch with Ali Funeka.

Funeka’s camp agreed to the weight though and allowed the fight to go on, so long as Guzman does not weigh any more then 150-pounds on fight morning, something I do not expect.

While I cannot say for sure why Guzman would come in so heavy, I personally believe it is because Joan has revenge on his mind. I would imagine that in camp Guzman knew he was going to be overweight, and as such is coming into this fight without the worries of being weight drained.

Something that stood out to me about Guzman and his weight though, is Joan’s shape. For being nine pounds over the weight limit, the Sycuan Warrior looks to be in great shape. In fact, Guzman looks stronger, more toned and just bigger then I have ever seen him before. It appears that Guzman is not “fat”, but has instead just bulked up with muscle.

Now, considering that Guzman is not a power puncher, and has not even had a knockout in over six years, and that knockout occurred while Joan was fighting in the Super Bantamweight division, bulking up for strength sounds odd.

However, I believe Guzman is looking to build his power because of those stats I just mentioned and because of Ali Funeka himself.

I personally feel that Joan Guzman missed weight without a care and put ten pounds of pure muscle on his frame because he will be looking to put Funeka’s lights out Saturday night.

While it does sound odd on paper, there is no other reason for the things Guzman showed today at the weigh-in. I think, together with new trainer Beard, Guzman is going to come out of the starting gate with aggression and a strong attack for as long as he can maintain it before running out of gas.

Joan Guzman fighting aggressively and looking to knock somebody out may not sound like the best plan, but if Guzman really does start fighting like a bull from round one, I think he could give Funeka some serious trouble.

Ali Funeka does not fight well off his back foot, and likes to fight either standing still or coming forward. But if you put pressure on Funeka, he will not react well to the aggression.

Nate Campbell showed this when Funeka faced off with the Galaxxy Warrior, and you could also see Guzman giving Ali some hassles early in their first fight (during the couple rounds Guzman may have really won).

Should Guzman fight an aggressive fight, with a constant attack (perhaps to that thin body of Rush Hour) for several rounds, I think he could very well bank enough rounds before gassing out to win a decision. The possibility of Guzman stopping Funeka while on the attack is not out of the question either, if those ten added pounds on Joan’s frame is really power-creating muscle.

After all, Guzman will most likely be 148 or so pounds come fight night. This is a Welterweight vs. Lightweight match up we have here, and how much power Guzman usually has or not he will have a significant size advantage (bulk wise, obviously not height wise).

As well as that, we already know that Ali was robbed worse then a rich man by Robin Hood, and the possibility that, even if Guzman really does lose, he will get the decision on the judges scorecards is always going to be there.

The...powers that be (who were also behind the Shumenov vs. Campillo decision going in favor of Shumenov...so I’m sure some fans will know who I’m talking about) could very well make it impossible for Funeka to win a decision against Joan Guzman. In fact, I personally believe that it will be very difficult for Funeka to win if he does not intend on knocking Joan out.

I feel that, despite Guzman coming in overweight (which I actually believe will be beneficial to him) and getting completely dominated the first time around, Joan has an idea in his head on what he wants to do. Do not be surprised if Guzman plays the pressure fighter on Saturday and ends up winning a decision one way or another.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Guzman {+200}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Guzman {+200} & .50 Units On Guzman By KO {+645}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: .50 Units On Guzman {+200}
D3: .50 Units On Guzman {+200}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night during the second round of the Showtime Super Six Super Middleweight tournament, fight fans will be treated to a 168-pound fight when power punching “King” Arthur Abraham, (31-0, 25KO’s) battles once-beaten Andre “The Matrix” Dirrell, (18-1, 13KO’s.) from the Joe Louis Arena, Detroit, Michigan.

Abraham opened the contest as the betting favorite and the line has remained pretty much stagnant with Abraham resting at –200 and Dirrell sitting at +170.

The O/U on the bout is set at 11.5 rounds, with the under coming in at +140, and the over at –160. Abraham by KO comes in at +176, while Abraham by decision will reward you with +180. Dirrell by KO hits the mark at +537, and Dirrell by decision lands at +278. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +3000.

Andre Dirrell is coming off the first loss of his professional career to current WBC super middleweight champion Carl Froch, just five months ago in the United Kingdom.

In his fight with Froch, it was evident that Dirrell was the much more skilled fighter. However, Dirrell did not fight what you would call a “great” fight.

Andre ran, held and avoided Froch as much as he possibly could in that fight, and while I personally believe that he edged out a close decision, the judges saw it differently and gave the fight to the home fighter Carl Froch.

It seemed that in his fight with Froch, Dirrell was “afraid” of Carl’s power and the possibility of him getting knocked out.

I feel the reason Dirrell fought the way he did was because of two things. The location (Froch’s home of the U.K.) could not have done Dirrell any good and I believe Dirrell was nervous before the fight because of the hostile surroundings. Keep in mind that before the Froch fight, Dirrell had never fought outside of the United States.

Another reason is the time that the fight took place. With the fight being in the United Kingdom and because of broadcasting the fight to the U.S. at an acceptable time, Dirrell fought in the wee hours of the night, well after midnight in the U.K. As well as that, Dirrell arrived in the United Kingdom on only one week’s notice and most likely could not have properly acclimated himself to training and fighting at such a late hour.

Nonetheless, there was no “real” reason why Dirrell fought the way he did other then fear. I believe Andre bought into Froch’s power and as such was too afraid of getting his lights put out to put up an aggressive performance.

Despite coming off his first loss though, there is no question in my mind that Andre Dirrell is a very skilled boxer.

Andre possesses a nice amount of speed, as well as a very solid straight left hand. In addition to that, he also has pretty good upper body movement and overall defensive prowess. Also, he carries a relatively strong punch into the ring, although I personally do not think it will matter against Arthur Abraham.

Dirrell is skilled, no question about that but he does have a flaw or two that can be exposed. One of them being his shaky chin and possibly how conscious he is of his chin. Andre has tasted the canvas before in his career, and the way he fought against Froch (as well as Curtis Stevens) shows that he is aware he is liable to getting knocked out by a strong puncher.

Arthur Abraham on the other hand is coming off another stoppage victory in his impressive career over former undisputed middleweight champion of the word Jermain Taylor.

In his fight with Taylor, the bout was push and pull for the first few rounds until Taylor began to tire. By the time the first half of the fight was over, Taylor was rapidly losing the rounds and Abraham was coming on stronger and stronger after each round.

When the later rounds of the fight came around, Abraham had turned up the heat and stunned Taylor a time or two during the fight, eventually stopping Jermain in the twelfth and final round with only seconds to go until the final bell.

“King” Arthur Abraham is a rather unique fighter, and one I am a bit surprised has not been defeated as of yet in his career.

Abraham tends to start fights extremely slow; throwing few punches per round and opting to block most everything his opponent throws.

Arthur is a “I’ll take what you give, lets see if you can take what I give” kind of fighter. By no means is he active during the early portion of the fight that is for certain. Abraham feels out his opponent for several rounds before even showing a real offense.

But by the middle to late rounds, say “Runde 7” (German for Round 7) and on, Abraham rapidly turns up the heat and starts throwing many more punches.

Abraham is quite odd in many ways, in that he refuses to throw anything but the bare minimum he needs to during the early rounds, but turns into a rather high volume combination puncher in the late rounds.

I am not saying it doesn’t work, because it obviously does, but I cannot say that Arthur’s offense is not unique.

As well as that, Abraham also has an airtight defense. Whether Abraham is throwing or not, he is often protecting himself with his very tight guard throughout the fight.

Arthur is not afraid to constantly wear the earmuffs during the round, and because of that few people have been able to really crack Abraham cleanly on his jaw. I feel that Abraham has a similar defense to Joshua Clottey, but perhaps a bit better as Arthur defends the body a bit better then Clottey does.

However, he has shown a very good chin in the few times he has been hit solidly on the chin. Edison Miranda clocked Abraham multiple times throughout their first fight, and Arthur never even went down.

As well as that, Miranda also severely broke Abraham’s jaw in that fight, but nonetheless King Arthur ended up winning a rather lopsided unanimous decision!

There is no question that Arthur Abraham is tough as nails and has a steel jaw (literally, after the Miranda fight Abraham had metal placed around his previously broken jaw) but I feel this is possibly a very bad stylistic match up for the Super Six tournament leader.

Andre Dirrell will be the much faster fighter on Saturday, and has the better boxing skills of the two as well. Also, I feel that Abraham’s come forward, but inactive style will pose little trouble to the quicker boxer in the early rounds.

While I do feel that Dirrell’s chin is very breakable, especially by Abraham, I do not think Arthur throws enough punches early in the fight to pose a real threat to Andre.

Also, I would not be shocked to see Andre Dirrell fight a “runner” type of fight again against Abraham. In fact, it would probably be the best gameplan for Dirrell this time around, as Abraham punches harder and more precise then Carl Froch.

I can easily foresee Andre “running” around the ring using his jab and left hand to potshot on his slower, plodding opponent early on.

I feel the real danger for Dirrell comes when Abraham starts to put on the real pressure in the later rounds of the fight. Andre should be able to handle Arthur for the first six or seven rounds, but after Abraham starts throwing more punches I think Dirrell will need to really use those track shoes.

If Dirrell opted to stand and trade with Abraham for too long during the later rounds, it may only take a single punch to put him down and possibly out (Jermain Taylor style).

However, even when Abraham starts throwing more punches I think it will be a difficult task for King Arthur to find his target. Dirrell has much better foot speed/hand speed then Abraham, and I personally believe Abraham can only win this fight by knockout.

Adding to that thought, there is talk that all three judges as well as the referee in this fight will all be from Michigan. Keep in mind that Andre Dirrell is from Michigan; so obviously having all four officials being from Dirrell’s home state will do nothing good for the visiting fighter.

The fight was originally going to take place in Germany, but after Dirrell suffered a back injury, the fight’s location was changed to Dirrell’s backyard in Michigan.

I feel that there are too many factors going against Abraham here (the judges, referee, disadvantage in speed and mobility) to back him in any way other then by KO. In fact, I also believe that there is no strong reasoning to back Abraham by KO in the early rounds, as he does not throw enough punches early in the fight.

I fully expect Dirrell to use his natural abilities (and maybe a little help from the referee and judges, if needed) to pull out a rather one-sided decision victory, possibly along the lines of 116-112.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Dirrell By Decision {+278}
Boxeo: 5.00 Units On Dirrell By Decision {+278} & 2.00 Units On Abraham Rounds 7-12 {+380}
Grass Hopper: .50 Units On Dirrell {+170}
Doody: 2.50 Units On Dirrell By Decision {+278} & 1.00 Units On Abraham Rounds 7-12 {+380}
D3: 2.50 Units On Dirrell By Decision {+278} & 1.00 Units On Abraham Rounds 7-12 {+380}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Germany Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday we are treated to a heavyweight title bout between heavy-handed knockout artist Wladimir Klitschko, (53-3, 47KOs) and once beaten American heavyweight Eddie Chambers, (35-1, 18KOs.) from the ESPRIT arena, Düsseldorf, Nordrhein-Westfalen, Germany.

Klitschko opened as the clear favorite in the fight but public money has still been flowing in on him increasing his number to -1000. You can score a respectable +660 on the underdog Chambers.

The O/U on the bout is set at 10.5 rounds, with the under coming in at +105 and the over at -125. Klitschko by KO comes in at -115, while Klitschko by decision will reward you with +178. Chambers by KO hits the mark at +1000, and Chambers by decision lands at +2005.

As you can see from the above odds, this fight is pegged by the books to be a complete mismatch and another win for the current heavyweight champion.

Wladimir Klitschko is coming off another victory in his 56-fight career, this time over former WBA heavyweight champion Ruslan Chagaev nine months ago in Germany.

In his fight with Chagaev, Klitschko put on another unexciting performance, opting to jab, jab and jab some more against his smaller opponent for each and every round. Late in the fight, Chagaev suffered a rather severe cut and the fight was stopped because of it.

Even though Wladimir threw another “W” on his record and extended his win streak to 11-fights, by no means did Klitschko put on an impressive performance.

However, seeing Wladimir Klitschko in a boring fight is no surprise nowadays, as the strong heavyweight has been fighting a very safe style for quite a long time. Klitschko has a habit of fighting the same way every time he steps into the ring, and his rather boring style was created because of Wladimir’s weak chin.

It may take a little concentration, but I am sure some fans will remember the days when Wladimir fought an aggressive, knock out or be knocked out style. Back before Lamont Brewster and Corrie Sanders had knocked out Klitschko, Wladimir was willing to get hurt and dropped while looking for the knockout.

However, after getting knocked out by Corrie Sanders (brutally, might I add) then later knocked out by Lamont Brewster two fights later, Wladimir Klitschko and his trainer Manny Steward opted to make Wladimir into a safety first fighter.

There is no doubt in my mind, no matter what Wladimir fans say, that the guy is boring! Klitschko is more then willing to jab for two minutes of the round, and throw a jab, straight right combo for the final minute and is no stranger to stinking up the joint with his extremely cautious style.

Not only does Wladimir fight the way he does because of his chin, but Klitschko also fights at a very slow pace to assure he does not die from exhaustion inside the ring.

Klitschko has proven time and time again to have a very small gas tank. Whether it is anxiety, or just a baby-sized pair of lungs, no matter how fit Wladimir Klitschko is the guy usually always fades after a few rounds.

Not only does Wladimir fade fighting at his own pace, but put any amount of pressure on him and he breaks down even faster.

Which brings me to my next point; Klitschko cannot deal with any amount of pressure. Wladimir likes to fight his fight, and does as much as he can to avoid getting hit with anything from anyone. Even when going up against the much smaller and light-punching Chagaev, Wladimir instantly backed up and halted his attack when his opponent threw.

I firmly believe that while Wladimir Klitschko is a very good fighter (certainly he is accomplished), he is quite overrated and has been facing weak opposition as of late.

As you already know, Ruslan Chagaev was Klitschko last opponent, but by no means is Ruslan an elite fighter. In addition to Chagaev, Wladimir has also been fighting names such as Hasim Rahman, Tony Thompson, Sultan Ibragimov, and Lamont Brewster.

For as high-level a fighter as Wladimir is, he has not exactly been fighting the cream of the crop in the heavyweight division.

Not only that, but Klitschko has even been letting these tomato cans go very late into the fight while fighting his sheltered style. Chagaev was not going to be stopped if not for the cut and the fight being stopped, Rahman went seven rounds, Thompson went eleven, and Ibragimov went the full 12-round distance.

Eddie Chambers is fresh off a win over Alexander Dimitrenko (in Germany), in which he was able to easily destroy the severely overmatched up and comer.

Chambers beat down his slower and much less skilled opponent over the course of twelve rounds, and was even able to drop Dimitrenko twice on his way to a majority decision victory (although one judge’s score of 113-113 was absolutely insane).

“Fast” Eddie Chambers is without a doubt a very skilled fighter, and possesses a very impressive skill set.

Chambers’ biggest asset by far is his speed though. Eddie has extremely quick hands and remarkable accuracy as well. I have no doubt that Chambers is the much faster fighter of the two.

Not only that, but Chambers is also a pretty slick fighter. Despite being a small heavyweight (only 6’1 with a 75’ reach), Chambers is a very good defensive fighter inside the ring.

Eddie has solid upper body movement and can get himself out of some jams with his speed and agility. Also, Chambers tends to keep his hands up somewhat just in case he cannot fully dodge an incoming punch, and if he gets hit it is not always a solid shot.

I feel that if Chambers was able to avoid most of Dimitrenko’s punches (who may actually be a tiny bit faster then Wladimir), Chambers should be able to keep himself from getting tagged too much against Klitschko.

I feel that head movement will be a key factor in this fight, as in, getting around the jab. If Chambers can get around the jab and not be tagged with it on a consistent basis, I believe his chances to win are great. If not...well, then he will be in for a long (maybe short) night.

As well as that, Chambers has a strong, varied offense that he utilizes. Chambers has a surprisingly strong body attack (it is actually very good, especially for a heavyweight) and even though he is widely considered a defensive fighter, Eddie seldom moves around too much.

Chambers tends to come forward after his opponents, while at the same time keeping himself from getting hit too much. He is a defensive fighter in that he has defensive skills, but he rarely goes back and seems to like to walk down his opponent while dodging punches at the same time.

In addition to that, Chambers is a much better inside fighter then Klitschko. While inside, Chambers is willing to punch and do damage, whereas Klitschko prefers the outside game (the jab/right hand) and holds on the inside.

While Chambers is fast and may be able to get his shots off inside before getting held, I do feel that he is going to have a tough time getting the octopus off of him when Wladimir grabs him due largely in part to the size difference between the two.

Not only that, but dare I say that Chambers could well have enough power to at least hurt Klitschko. You may think I’m crazy, but Chambers does have slightly underrated power (he’s not a huge puncher, but he can punch his way out of a paper bag to say the least) and Klitschko chin is nothing to rave about.

Another factor that may come into play is the stamina troubles of Wladimir. As I touched on, Dr. Steelhammer gasses in most of his fights, and gasses even quicker when facing somebody who is willing to bring the fight to him. Also, when Klitschko tires it looks like he is going to die inside the ring.

His punch output drops significantly, and the only punch he throws is the jab, but little else. I feel that if and when Wladimir’s gas tank runs dry, Chambers will be in prime position to lay a hurting on Klitschko.

There is no doubt in my mind that Chambers is an immensely talented fighter and I feel that he does in fact have the skills to beat Wladimir Klitschko (insert shocked face here).

Another reason I like Chambers’ chances here is his weight. Eddie is a very weight dependant fighter, and needs to be in tiptop shape or he will not look or fight like himself. However, I was very impressed with Chambers’ weight and I think he looked to be very good shape at the weigh-ins.

He weighed in at 208-pound for Dimitrenko, and he put on one of the best performances I have ever seen from him. Weighing in at 209 for this weigh-in, I feel that he will be faster, stronger and slicker then ever on Saturday.

One issue I have with picking a Chambers upset is the location though. The fight is in Germany, where the Klitschko’s are widely loved. In fact, Wladimir Klitschko has had his last three fights in Germany, and has had forty-one of his professional fights there as well.

Despite “neutral” judges being appointed to judge this fight, some way or another they sometimes end up being influenced to favor the home fighter (whether it be the crowd, environment, or another, pocket padding reasons...)

I do have a very odd feeling though, that if Eddie Chambers were able to put on a very strong performance and evidently beat Wladimir Klitschko, the judges would award the fight to the American fighter.

I cannot say for sure if it will happen (on paper it shouldn’t), and it could very well be true that Chambers needs a knockout to win, but I do not feel comfortable relying on Eddie Chambers to knock out Wladimir Klitschko in order to cash my bet.

In addition, if Chambers does not win the fight, I am certain that he will not be knocked out. His slickness and granite chin (he has never been dropped, and I cannot recall seeing him hurt either) should allow him to make it the distance in the event that he cannot pull the massive upset.

Nonetheless, I firmly believe that Wladimir Klitschko is less then invincible. Perhaps the American slickster (who is in amazing shape) can pull off the biggest win of his career...or at least make it the distance if he cannot win.

Krakrabbit: .75 Units On Chambers {+660} & 2.00 Units On Klitschko By Decision {+178}
Boxeo: .50 Units On Chambers {+660} & 1.00 Units On Klitschko By Decision {+178}
Grass Hopper: 1.00 Units On Under 10.5 Rounds {+110}
Doody: .50 Units On Klitschko By Decision {+178}
D3: .50 Units On Klitschko By Decision {+178}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

The Saturday night HBO PPV main event features IBO light welterweight and WBO welterweight champion of the world Manny “Pac-Man” Pacquiao, (50-3, 38KO’s) squaring off against title challenger Joshua Clottey, (35-3, 20KO’s) live from the Cowboys Stadium, Arlington, Texas.

Pacquiao opened the contest as the favorite and his number has been slowing rising since his line released. Currently he is resting as a –700 favorite over Clottey. Joshua Clottey gets the underdog cash at +500. The O/U for the fight has been set at 9.5 rounds, with the over landing at -185 and the under coming in at +160.

Pacquiao by KO comes in at -118, while Pacquiao by decision will get you +178. Clottey by KO hits the mark at +850, and Clottey by decision lands at +1200.

Manny Pacquiao is fresh off another win in his now legendary professional career over former WBO welterweight champion Miguel Cotto just four months ago.

In Manny’s fight with Cotto, the fireworks started early as both fighters immediately starting brawling in the center of the ring from the opening round.

However, despite an all-action slugfest breaking out during the first half of the fight, it was evident from the start that Manny Pacquiao was getting the best of nearly every toe-to-toe exchange with Cotto.

Throughout the bout, Pacquiao slowly started to land more and more of his devastating combinations and counter punches and it wasn’t long before Cotto began to fade as the fight wore on. Manny was even able to drop his solid chinned opponent twice over the course of the fight, ultimately stopping his overmatched opponent in the twelfth and final round.

While I personally feel that the stoppage in the final round was a tad premature, the fact of the matter is that Pacquiao scored another victory inside the distance and continued his 11-fight win streak and four-fight knockout streak.

Joshua Clottey faced off with the same opponent, Miguel Cotto in his last fight as well nine months ago.

Clottey’s fight with Cotto was a much closer contested fight then the one “Pac-Man” had with Cotto, and one that he ended up losing.

Joshua Clottey started the fight off badly as he was dropped in the first round by a jab while off balance. Throughout the fight, Clottey and Cotto had a push and pull bout for the majority of the contest.

Against Cotto, Clottey fought as he normally does, walking forward behind a tight guard looking to break his opponent down. Cotto opted to box and move against the Ghanaian, and at the end of the night, Cotto was declared the winner.

Despite the razor close scorecards, Clottey claimed robbery in the fight and felt that he was the much more aggressive fighter that night and should have been awarded the decision victory.

I feel the reason Joshua Clottey lost the fight against Cotto was because he fought like he usually does. Now, I’m not saying that is a bad thing in any way; Clottey is a very good fighter, but he does have a very glaring weakness that tends to make him come up short sometimes: he just doesn’t punch enough!

Joshua is a plodder. He comes forward behind an airtight defense looking to score points by following his opponent around the ring. But that is where his problem lies: Clottey is all too willing to simply follow his foe around the ring without throwing any punches while doing so.

This fact, I believe, is the reason “Grand Master” lost against Cotto. You could also say that is the reason he came up short against Antonio Margarito as well.

In addition to his offensive lapses, I also see Clottey as a fighter set in his ways. No matter how many fights you will watch of Clottey, you will never see him firing off quick combinations (I see Joshua as a rather slow fighter), using head movement or even throwing a consistent amount of punches throughout the round.

Manny Pacquiao is the polar opposite of Clottey, as you probably already know. “Pac-Man” possesses blinding speed, freakish reflexes and some massive power, especially in his left hand. Not only that, but Pacquiao is not just a brawler anymore.

Back in the earlier days of Pacquiao’s career, he was wild, risky, and left his weak chin exposed to being hit. However, after years of working with now famous trainer Freddie Roach, it is easy to see that Manny has been completely transformed into a very well rounded boxer.

Pac-Man can box, actually has some kind of defense (mostly reliant on head movement rather then an actual guard) and even seems to have improved his chin over the years...perhaps due to his moving up (several times) in weight.

There is no question that Pacquiao is an amazing athlete, and when compared against Clottey the only advantage you can really give to the title challenger is size. However, that size advantage is quite an advantage.

Despite contesting at 147-pounds now, Manny Pacquiao is by no means a large fighter. Granted, he has grown over the years and would have to drain himself to make any weight limit under 135-pounds, the fact of the matter is that Manny cannot really “make” the welterweight limit.

Pacquiao weighed in at 142-pounds in his fight against Oscar de la Hoya (the weight limit was 145-pounds), but technically a “welterweight” fight as it was above 140), and weighed in at 144-pounds against Miguel Cotto, which was also a 145-pound limit fight.

Pacquiao has even gone on record saying that if he does not eat thousands and thousands of calories a day, he will “get small”.

In contrast, Clottey has said that the reason he fades during the middle half of the fight is because he has trouble making the 147-pound limit! In fact, Joshua Clottey has even campaigned at 154-pounds twice in his career and has never fought at a lower weight then 140-pounds.

While “Grand Master” has proven to have a very good chin, and as I touched on a very good defense, I do not feel that he is invincible.

Clottey has been deterred from coming forward before over the course of his career, and the main reason behind it are bodyshots.

Miguel Cotto occasionally landed some very good shots to the body on Clottey, and at times you could see Joshua retreat. In fact, I believe I even saw Clottey hurt to the head once or twice over the 12-round distance!

Now, Cotto can really punch, but so can Pacquiao. He has shown that he can carry his power up to 147 pounds by knocking out Cotto and dropping him twice during the fight.

Freddie Roach claims that Pacquiao will break Clottey down to the body throughout the fight, eventually forcing Clottey to quit before the final bell sounds.

Before I move on, I am sure you are wondering what makes anyone believe that Clottey will quit against Pacquiao despite never being stopped before, and only being dropped once in his career (which was the off balance knockdown in the Cotto fight).

I do not think Roach is out of his mind thinking Clottey would quit, as I personally believe that Joshua does have some quit within his heart, even though he has seldom shown it. However, he has shown it before! Early in the fight with Cotto, Clottey fell on the canvas and claimed that his knee was badly hurting him from the fall.

While I cannot say for sure, I think that Clottey was overreacting being seriously injured, and was actually looking for a way out of the fight. In fact, I think that Clottey’s corner were the ones that persuaded Joshua to continue fighting.

The reason I believe Clottey’s injury was bogus is because as soon as the action started after the accidental foul, Joshua showed no signs of pain whatsoever until he reached his corner at the end of the round.

As I mentioned before, Joshua Clottey can be weak to the body and keeps his guard so high that he is wide open to getting his midsection attacked.

Even though Manny Pacquiao is mostly a headhunter, I do think he can crush the body when he throws there with dedication and can really dig the body if he wants to.

Another location where I think Manny can inflict a lot of damage is on the ropes. Clottey has a very bad habit of lying on the ropes for minutes at a time, even when he isn’t hurt. When Joshua lays on the ropes, he does very little except for get pounded until he manages to bring himself off of the ropes.

Clottey did the very same thing in his fight with Cotto several times, and during those periods Cotto did nothing but tee off on the motionless Ghanaian.

Now, I am not saying that Clottey simply backs himself into the ropes for no purpose! The reason Joshua too often finds himself with his back to the ropes is because he is all too willing to be pushed back.

Despite being a “come forward” fighter who is always applying pressure, he does tend to have a disconnect between coming forward and going back. If any amount of pressure is brought on to Clottey or even if the punches start flying towards his face, he throws his guard up even tighter and backs off completely without throwing any punches until the onslaught is over.

If and when Pacquiao gets Clottey to the ropes, the assault will be never ending for the Grand Master. Pac-Man will not stop punching, and the combinations Manny will be launching will be blazing fast and even stronger then anything Cotto threw at Joshua in their fight.

However, when the fight is in the center of the ring, that is where I feel Clottey will be most unharmed compared to the other areas of the ring. Pacquiao is not a balls-to-the-wall brawler anymore at this point of his career, and hasn’t been for several fights. He now prefers to counter punch, luring his opponent into punching and then countering them with his blazing hand speed. While Manny is still an offensive beast, just in a different way, you rarely see him fight so dangerously anymore unless he has his man seriously hurt.

Pacquiao will probably elect to move around Joshua, potshotting with quick combination after quick combination until Clottey decides to retreat to the ropes.

I personally feel that this could be a distance fight or another stoppage win for Pacquiao, and it really depends on how the two fight each other on fight night.

If Clottey allows himself to be pushed back under any attack from Pacquiao or lie on the ropes for an exceeding amount of time, he will not make it the full 12 rounds. There is no way he can lay on the ropes with nothing but earmuffs and survive 36-minutes of fury from Manny.

If Clottey stays off the ropes more then usual I think there is a better chance that this fight goes the distance unless Pacquiao opts to really destroy the body of Clottey, which is by no means a guarantee. If Clottey keeps his back away from the ropes and Pac-Man only touches the body or does not have a dedicated body attack, there is a very good chance that Joshua can make it the distance.

There is still a chance that Pacquiao can stop Clottey even if Joshua elects to stay off the ropes, and that is when Clottey fades. Grand Master often fades after seven or eight rounds, and when that happens (if he is still around by that point), he will be in much more danger.

Pacquiao does not tire, and will not stop relenting when Clottey fades. I feel even if Clottey has the gameplan of staying off the ropes for most of the fight, when he fades he will be virtually defenseless to Pac-Man’s swarming attack.

Aside from what I expect to happen in the fight, there is also a chance that Pacquiao ends up bleeding at some point during this fight. Many people tend to forget that Manny has rather thin skin and is no stranger to being severely cut in his fights.

As well as that, Pacquiao is facing off with a fighter that is literally very headstrong. Clottey has opened many cuts on his opponents throughout his career, and it is said without question that Joshua has caused many of those cuts with his own head.

In fact, if you want to go off a recent fight, Joshua Clottey opened the huge, nearly fight-ending gash on Miguel Cotto’s face with an accidental headbutt.

Whether or not the headbutts are accidental or not, the fact of the matter is that Clottey just has a habit of using his head to his advantage when he is inside the ring.

Adding to that, Manny Pacquiao often quickly jumps in and out like the Tasmanian devil when he punches. His habit of jumping around the ring coupled with Clottey’s tendency to lead with his head, and you could see some blood spill on Saturday.

However, barring Pacquiao’s eye hanging out of its socket, I believe that “they” would prefer to not stop Manny Pacquiao. Whether the fight would be declared a technical decision or not, I find it difficult to think that the powers that be would want to end Pacquiao’s fight early. Especially considering the magnitude of this fight (the first in Cowboy’s Stadium, and perhaps Pacquiao’s final fight)

Nonetheless, all things considered, I have a feeling that Clottey fights as he usually does (note how I said Joshua fights the same way every time he steps into the ring) and mistakenly spends too much time on the ropes allowing for a late Pacquiao TKO, after a rather one-sided fight.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Pacquiao Rounds 7-12 {+252} & .60 Units On Pacquiao By Decision {+178}
Boxeo: 1.50 Units On Pacquiao Rounds 7-12 {+252} & 2.50 Units On Pacquiao By Decision {+178}
Grass Hopper: 2.00 Units On Pacquiao By Decision {+178}
Doody: .75 Units On Pacquiao Rounds 7-12 {+252} & 1.25 Units On Pacquiao By Decision {+178}
D3: .75 Units On Pacquiao Rounds 7-12 {+252} & 1.25 Units On Pacquiao By Decision {+178}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

London Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Friday night London fight fans will be treated to a lightweight title fight when reigning WBO Inter-Continental lightweight champion of the world Kevin Mitchell, (30-0, 22KO’s) defends his title against Colombian Ignacio Mendoza, (27-5-2, 18KO’s) live from the Wembley Arena, Wembley, London, United Kingdom.

Mitchell opened the contest as the huge betting favorite and the line has remained pretty much stagnant with Mitchell resting at –1390 and Mendoza sitting at +760 to score the upset.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the under coming in at -125, and the over at –105.

Kevin Mitchell is fresh off the biggest win of his career over the “Khanqueror” (as in Amir Khan), Breidis Prescott.

Going into the fight with Prescott, Mitchell was installed as the underdog, but the fight was expected to be close. In the fight, Mitchell was able to easily dominate and control Breidis throughout the contest, eventually netting himself a unanimous decision victory and the WBO Inter-Continental lightweight strap.

Despite having thirty professional bouts, Kevin Mitchell has not faced off with many name opponents. As I mentioned, Breidis Prescott was Mitchell’s biggest fight of his career.

You will be able to find some journeyman or “bum” names on Mitchell’s record such as Carl Johanneson and Walter Estrada, but overall Kevin Mitchell has yet to go head to head with the higher echelon of boxers.

However, Mitchell is a pretty good fighter even though he is inexperienced against quality opponents. Kevin is a rather aggressive fighter inside the ring, and also packs a solid punch in both hands with twenty-two stoppage wins in thirty fights.

I feel Ignacio Mendoza falls into the category of “lower-level” opponents, and I think the Colombian will have a very difficult time dealing with the skill of Mitchell.

I easily believe that Kevin Mitchell is the vastly more skilled fighter of the two, and despite not going up against great opposition; Mitchell has also fought the better competition.

Mendoza’s resume it littered with mostly negative or even record fighters, and the majority of fighters with positive records that Mendoza has fought, he has either drawn with or lost to.

I think it is pretty obvious that Mendoza is no Sugar Ray Robinson, and not only that; Ignacio has not shown to have a great beard either.

Even against the horrible competition he has faced, Mendoza has been stopped twice out of his five losses. One of those stoppage losses coming from the hands of an 11-8 fighter...

I firmly believe Mitchell has more then enough skill and power to stop Mendoza with ease. Most likely Mitchell will not break a sweat in the fight and take Ignacio out within six.

Krakrabbit: 1.25 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {-125}
Boxeo: 2.50 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {-125}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.25 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {-125}
D3: 1.25 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {-125}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

PPV Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night Tomasz Adamek, (39-1, 27KO’s) will face off against American Jason Estrada, (16-2, 4KO’s) live from the Prudential Center, Newark, New Jersey.

Adamek opened as the clear betting favorite in the bout and currently sits at -450. Estrada supporters can snatch the plus money + 365. The over/under for the bout is set at 11.5 rounds, with the over costing you -120, while the under comes in at +110.

Tomasz Adamek will be returning for the first time this year in an attempt to successfully defend his IBF International heavyweight title against Jason Estrada after completely destroying fellow Polish puncher Andrew Golota.

In his fight with Golota, Adamek was able to land at will and break Golota down over five short rounds.

Tomasz’s fight with Golota was his first at heavyweight, but he faced little opposition from Andrew and is still mostly untested at this higher weight class.

In Jason Estrada, Adamek will be facing off with a quick, sharp punching fighter who has spent his entire career at heavyweight.

One of Estrada’s biggest strengths is his speed. Jason has fast hands for a heavyweight, and is often speedier then his opponent inside the ring.

In addition to his speed, Estrada is also a pretty accurate puncher. You will seldom see Jason throwing wide, risky shots, as he usually likes to put together sharp combinations to break his opposition down.

As well as that, Estrada has shown to have a solid beard. He took some of Alexander Povetkin’s best shots when they faced off, and has also absorbed punches from Lance Whitaker, Travis Walker and Yanqui Diaz (while not skilled at all, Yanqui Diaz can still punch!)

While I have seen him hurt before - Povetkin had him stunned a couple times, although he did not drop him - Estrada has shown durability and heart throughout his short career.

But for everything Jason does well though, he also has a set of problems he carries into the ring.

For one, Estrada can barely crack an egg! With only four knockouts in sixteen victories, it is easy to see that Jason doesn’t exactly pack a huge punch. While Estrada does hold a stoppage win over Zuri Lawrence, for the most part Jason has only been able to stop a handful of overmatched tomato cans.

Also, while Jason does possess quick hand speed, his upper body movement and defense is horrible! Estrada is not hard to find by any stretch of the imagination, and is no stranger to constantly getting hit. Inside, outside or side-to-side, without as good a chin as he has Jason Estrada would already have several knockout losses on his record.

Despite not having much power, Jason Estrada sure fights like he does. “Big Six” is more then willing to brawl with anyone and everyone and seems to attract action-packed slugfests even though he only sports four knockouts.

I feel this could land him in some hot water against the skilled brawler Adamek. Estrada will not be able to out-slug his much more experienced foe, and if he tries I believe he could end up in a Yusaf Mack/Glen Johnson-like situation (Mack elected to brawl with the better brawler, Johnson).

Also, while I have already touched on Estrada’s lacking defensive ability, there was one thing that stood out to me about Estrada’s vulnerabilities. Jason Estrada is wide open to the right hand and left hook. He munches on them like someone at an All-You-Can-Eat buffet. For some reason, Big Six is just unable to block or defend against those two punches.

This was seen multiple times throughout Estrada’s fight with Povetkin, in which Alexander was able to easily tee off on Jason with right hands in nearly every round of the contest.

One thing that helped keep Estrada alive in his fight with Alexander was his holding. Jason is not afraid to hold if he is seriously hurt or needs a rest. However, I do not think this will faze Adamek as badly as it did Povetkin, because Adamek is a skilled inside fighter and will most likely be able to do more damage to Estrada before he holds then Povetkin did.

As well all know, Tomasz Adamek likes his right hand. Adamek possesses a sharp, powerful right hand that has put many of his opponents on the canvas. In fact, Adamek’s right hand played a big role in hurting, dropping and eventually stopping Andrew Golota four months ago.

I would not be shocked in the least bit to see Adamek landing the right hand with ease, and even stunning Estrada with it throughout their fight. Of course, while Adamek is quite a good fighter, he is not perfect himself.

Tomasz is no defensive wizard himself, and Adamek often leaves himself exposed to getting hit when he fights. Whether on offense or defense, Adamek is neither slick nor possesses a strong defensive guard.

Also, Adamek is not the fastest gun the heavyweight division has ever seen. While he does have a decent amount of speed, I do not think he was ever an extremely quick fighter (even at his lower weights), nor will he ever be. If only slightly, I would give the speed advantage to Estrada here.

As well as that, Adamek is just a brawler and little else. Tomasz is by no means a great boxer and can be outboxed by somebody with good boxing ability.

Johnathon Banks was doing well until he got tired and knocked out, Paul Briggs nearly beat Adamek twice, and as we know Chad Dawson handily beat Tomasz by unanimous decision (Adamek’s only defeat).

It is a much tougher task to out-slug Adamek then it is to box his socks off. I feel that if Estrada stuck to a strictly boxing gameplan, he could give Tomasz a ton of trouble, especially early in the fight. However, while I believe Estrada does have the ability, I don’t think he will use it. He is a slugger at heart and will most likely try to beat Adamek at his own game.

Tomasz Adamek is the better brawler of the two, and if and when these two go head to head, that is when Estrada will begin to lose the fight. Jason may be able to compete, but there is no chance that he does what Adamek does better.

I expect Jason to be in the fight, simply because he is a tough opponent, but I think he will be taking an absolute beating in this one. When questioned if they think Adamek can stop Estrada, the common answer is “If Povetkin couldn’t do it...” I think differently.

Alexander Povetkin and Tomasz Adamek are two different fighters. Both can punch, but Adamek is by far the more aggressive boxer and he throws more punches to boot.

Estrada is tough and he won’t go down without a fight, but his inability to defend the right hand and left hook could end up being a deciding factor in this fight. I expect a barnburner between these two, but anytime after the second half of the fight I think Estrada will be ready to fall.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Under 11.5 Rounds {+110}
Boxeo: .50 Units On Under 11.5 Rounds {+110}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime Predictions
By Boxeo

Saturday night hard punching Edwin Valero, (26-0, 26KO’s) will make a mandatory defense of his WBC lightweight title when he squares off with interim champion Antonio DeMarco, (23-1-1, 17KO’s) live from the Arena Monterrey, Monterrey, Nuevo León, Mexico.

Valero opened the contest as the clear betting favorite in the fight at –410. A bit of early money hit Valero and for a few moments his number went all the way up to –460. DeMarco opened the contest as a +290 underdog, but with the early influx of bread on Valero he quickly moved to +350 to score the upset.

The O/U on the bout is set at 8.5 rounds, with the both the over/under sitting at –120. Valero by KO comes in at -175, while Valero by decision will reward you with +369. DeMarco by KO hits the mark at +570, and DeMarco by decision lands at +640. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +4500.

The first thing that stands out when you take a quick glance at these fighters is the gaudy knockout record that Valero sports. 26 stoppages in 26 fights sure does look pretty!

However, when you take a closer look at this marvelous feat that Valero has accomplished you begin to get the sense that maybe, just maybe, Valero has been able to produce such an impressive knockout percentage because of the level of competition he has been in with and not because he is a stone cold killer inside the ring.

Valero has fought 12 of his 26 fights in his native Venezuela, and even when he does step outside the comforts of home he just has not competed against top tier opposition.

His two most recognizable names on his list of 26 victims are probably former champion Vicente Mosquera & Antonio Pitalua.

In his title challenge agasint Vicente Mosquera, Valero had his way with the champ early in the contest, knocking Mosquera down twice in the very first round of the fight. However, in the third round Mosquera battled back and Valero quickly found himself on the canvas!

Even though Mosquera has only recorded 12 stoppages out of his 24 victories, he was able to not only drop Valero in the third round, but also rock him on several occasions throughout the fight.

On that night against Mosquera, Valero showed more holes in his game then a slice of Swiss cheese.

Although there is no questioning his quick hand speed, thunderous punching power, and lighting quick foot movement, the kid just looks vulnerable to me each and every time I see him fight.

In fact, he reminds me a ton of how Manny Pacquiao use to fight before the great Freddie Roach took over and started to tighten up every aspect of his game.

Valero uses the same tools (blazing hand speed, punching power, and foot movement) that made Pacquiao successful early in his career to overwhelm his opponents just like the Filipino idol utilized.

He loves to leap in and fire off wicked fast combination punches and then pull back out before his opponent can fire back. The problem for Valero (same with the early version of Pac) is that a lot of times he just rushes forward with his chin sticking right up in the air for all to see and hit.

He also makes the mistake of mistiming his opponents counter attack and is often hit as he pulls back after an attack.

Another area where Valero is severely lacking is his inability to fight off of his back foot. He simply looks awkward when he attempts to “box” his opponent from the outside.

After three our four rounds of going to war with Mosquera he tried to switch things up and outbox him from the outside but he had very limited success doing so. Often he was pounded with headshots as he tried to create space from the pressure that Mosquera was putting on him.

That is another area where I have always felt (still do actually) that Manny Pac has not really improved on. He just does not appear to be a solid boxer that can move backwards and have real success. I feel Valero will never have as much success retreating as he does moving forward.

The reason Valero has yet to be beaten is because the tools he does possess are so tremendous they allow him to dig himself out of any hole that he has encountered…so far anyway!

He simple fires off a rapid-fire combination and the next thing you know his foe is wobbling around the ring on spaghetti legs.

For DeMarco to manufacture the upset special on Saturday night I feel he is going to need to produce a performance similar to the one that the great Erik Morales did to Manny Pacquiao in their first fight.

If you look closely at DeMarco I think you can find similarities to how Erik Morales use to throw down when he was still in his prime.

At 5’10” DeMarco is considered a tall lightweight and will stand three inches taller then his opponent and also will have a three-inch reach advantage over Valero.

Morales stood 5’8” to Manny Pacquiao’s 5’6” and also carried a five inch reach advantage into their fights.

Just like Morales was the much slower fighter against Pacquiao, DeMarco will undoubtedly be forced to somehow find a way to deal with the blistering hand speed of Valero.

Although both Morales and DeMarco are thought of as brawlers, they both have previously shown that if the occasion calls for it they can add a little movement into the mix and use their height and reach advantages to discombobulate their aggressive opponents.

Both Morales and DeMarco are considered to be tough as nails and bring enough power to the dance to keep their opponents honest.

The game plan Morales used in the first fight with Pacquiao is something that I believe DeMarco can duplicate.

Morales had success against Pacquiao by using his height and reach advantages on the outside and then weathering the storm each and every time Pacquiao pinned him on the ropes.

I have noticed that Valero also does a lot of his flashy combination punching when he has his opponent trapped along the ring ropes. This is an area that DeMarco must survive and preferably stay away from all together.

One of the biggest flaws that Morales exploited in that first fight was Pacquiao’s inability to fight going backwards.

I know it sounds simply crazy when you ask a fighter to go directly into the lion’s den against pure punchers like Pacquiao and Valero, but there is a huge blemish in the defensive game of Valero. If DeMarco can time the right opportunity to push Valero backwards he is going to land at will on him.

If DeMarco can take a page out of the legend Erik Morales and box when he needs to and fight fire with fire when the opportunity presents itself, there is no question in my mind he can win this fight.

Sure, he is going to need to use all of his abilities, show his toughness over and over again, and not be afraid to go after Valero when he misses with his big thunderous shots, but at +350 odds I see enough holes in the game of Valero that I make DeMarco a real live underdog here.

Boxeo: 1.00 Units On DeMarco {+350}
Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On DeMarco {+350}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

ESPN Predictions
By Krakrabbit

This Friday night, light heavyweight Yusaf Mack, (28-2-2, 17KO’s) faces off against the tough as nails Glen Johnson, (49-13-2, 33KO’s) live from the NSU Arena, Don Taft University Center, Fort Lauderdale, Florida.

Johnson opened the contest as the clear favorite in the bout and currently rests at –200. Mack supporters can grab +180 for their money. The O/U for the fight has been set at 11.5 rounds, with the over coming in at -140 and the under landing at +100.

Johnson by KO will net you +160, while Johnson by decision rewards you with +232. Mack by KO hits the mark at +413, and Mack by decision lands at +344. The odds of the bout being declared a draw land at +2500.

This will be the second time Johnson and Mack are scheduled to face off inside the ring, but they have never fought before. The first time the two were supposed to engage, the entire card they were placed on ended up being cancelled all together. After a short time, ESPN picked the fight up to be aired on their Friday Night Fight’s series!

Glen Johnson is fresh off a one-sided loss to current light heavyweight champion Chad Dawson in which Johnson was easily beaten and handed his 13th professional loss as a boxer.

While Dawson did have a very solid gameplan (punch, run, punch, run) against Glen in their most recent fight, I must say that Johnson did not look like himself when he faced off with “Bad” Chad just three months ago.

It is not that Johnson lost the fight that set off the warning alarms; it’s the way he looked while losing. Glen Johnson is known to be a very aggressive, in your face brawler who never stops punching, but against Dawson something was different about him.

Johnson came into the fight swinging wildly at Dawson very early in the fight, but after only a few rounds Glen’s punch output had slowed significantly. The non-stop punching machine from Jamaica had actually eased down to a slower pace!

As well as that, whenever Johnson did throw he looked incredibly off balance and imprecise, much more so then ever in his very long and storied career.

Now, Glen Johnson is no Muhammad Ali when it comes to throwing with surgical precision, but Johnson was seldom able to even graze the much more poised Dawson.

I cannot say for sure, but I have an inkling feeling that Johnson may just be winding down at the ripe age of 41. With sixty-four professional fights, hundreds of rounds boxed, war after war with world-class competition, and over sixteen years of fighting professionally, it would not surprise me to find out that Johnson is finally starting to slow.

I have a feeling that we will find out if The Road Warrior really is taking a nosedive to the ground in this fight against Yusaf Mack.

Yusaf Mack is himself coming off a fourth round KO victory over little known Youngstown, Ohio resident DeAndrey Abron (who, as of right now, is riding a five-fight losing streak).

While Mack’s win over Abron is not the highlight of his career, Mack has been in with some decent competition over the span of his career.

Names such as Librado Andrade, Alejandro Berrio, Randy Griffin, Chris Henry and Daniel Judah dot Yusaf’s resume.

In fact, Yusaf Mack is a pretty good fighter! Back when Mack used to fight at super middleweight, Yusaf had some extremely quick hands. He was able to rocket off rapid shots before his opponents even knew what hit them. However, since the move up to light heavyweight, I feel that Yusaf’s speed has suffered in the process.

I do not believe Mack is nearly as fast as he was at super middleweight, but at the same time Yusaf may not tire as badly as he did at the lower weight class.

Yusaf Mack does have some serious power in his gloves though! While he is not an extremely aggressive fighter, Mack does bring some sharp power to the ring. Yusaf was even able to drop the iron-chinned Librado Andrade in the first round of their fight (in a fight he would later lose) as well as stun the Mexican brawler.

Which brings me to the possibility that Mack does not like pressure so much. Librado Andrade and Alejandro Barrio both stopped Yusaf (in the seventh and sixth respectively), and they both have one thing in common: pressure!

Both Andrade and Barrio apply strong pressure, and while Mack was able to fend the attacks away for half of the fight he eventually broke down. Notice how both losses come midway through the fight, after Mack had slowed down from fatigue.

However, I feel that some of the problem was Yusaf having to make the 168-pound limit. While I don’t know for sure (Mack has only been past six rounds twice since the move up in weight), I feel that the added weight does nothing but help Yusaf’s stamina. It would have been difficult to make it much worse then it was at super middleweight!

In addition, I feel that Mack is very susceptible to the right hand. Barrio landed it, Andrade landed it, and even Ernesto Zamora landed one or two before he was stopped in the second round.

As we all know, Glen Johnson likes to throw the right hand and it is easily identified as The Road Warrior’s go-to punch. I believe Johnson will find success with his right hand against Mack, but whether or not he will be able to keep it up is what hinges this fight.

If Johnson is starting to show his age as hinted at in the Dawson fight and cannot punch as consistently as he usually does, he may be in very tough against Yusaf Mack. I don’t mean to say that Yusaf is near Chad Dawson’s level, but I do believe that Mack has the skills to put on a good showing against Glen.

However, if Johnson’s performance against Dawson (the second time) was simply a fluke fight against a much more skilled opponent, and Johnson is still drinking from the fountain of youth, I would not be surprised to see a razor-close fight or possibly a late stoppage for Glen.

As I said though, in my mind, for Johnson to win against Yusaf Mack, he will need to fight a strong, consistent pace for as long as the fight lasts, and that is something I don’t think Glen can do anymore.

Krakrabbit: .50 Units On Mack By Decision {+344}
Boxeo: .50 Units On Johnson By KO {+160}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

ESPN Predictions
By Boxeo

The Friday night ESPN main event features former Contender contestant Jesse Brinkley, (34-5, 22KO’s) facing off against Curtis Stevens, (21-2, 15KO’s) live from Grand Sierra Resort, Reno, NV.

Stevens comes into the contest as a -265 favorite in the bout while Brinkley gets the underdog cash at +205. The O/U for the fight has been set at 9.5 rounds, with the over at -185 and the under coming in at +155. Stevens by KO comes in at +137, while Stevens by decision will get you +199. Brinkley by KO hits the mark at +401, and Brinkley by decision lands at +500.

When Stevens and Brinkley step into the ring on Friday night they will do battle for something called the WBC USNBC super middleweight title! I guess more important then the prestigious WBC USNBC super middleweight title that is on the line is the number two ranking in the IBF that goes to the winner of the bout.

It’s really easy to tell which fighter brings the experience edge into this bout. With names like Sergio Mora, Anthony Bonsante, Alfonso Gomez, Joe Spina, Otis Griffin, Robin Reid and Joey Gilbert there is no question that Brinkley has faced off with the much better competition.

In fact, I have to give credit where credit is due and Brinkley deserves credit for the way he has been able to compete with most of the fighters he steps in the ring with. The reason I give Brinkley that credit is because I just do not find him to be very skilled at all.

There is no doubt in my mind that Jesse Brinkley is certainly an overachiever when he steps into the ring.

Jesse Brinkley does not excel at any aspect of the game. He does not have great speed, he is not a hard puncher, his defense is terrible, and he does not throw a large amount of punches each and every round.

Stevens on the other hand is the much more talented athlete. He has fast hands, solid power and all around high-quality reflexes.

On paper the speed advantage alone should give Stevens a huge edge in this fight. Brinkley will probably stand right in front of Stevens allowing his much quicker opponent the opportunity to tee off on him before he even has a chance of firing back.

Should Jesse try and change things up and outbox Stevens I think we may be in for a snooze fest. Brinkley just does not have the talent to look good when trying to box. He will move, hold, and generally try to slow the rushing Stevens down.

Should this type of fight play out, I think Stevens will still have success getting to Brinkley, but stopping him (Stevens boldly predicts a stoppage win) could become that much harder.

Although Brinkley has only been stopped twice out of his five losses, speed kills and I don’t feel he can stand in front of Stevens all night long and just take shot after shot. If Brinkley is seeking to hear the final bell he is going to have to find a way to deter Stevens from crowding him and bouncing bomb after bomb off his skull.

Even though this fight is taking place in Brinkley’s back yard, I honestly feel his best chance to legitimately win (who knows what shady business is going to occur if we hit the cards) is to try and blast Stevens out of there.

Now with only twenty-two stoppages in thirty-four wins I think we all can agree that Brinkley is not a huge hitter. With that said, Stevens has been stopped once out of his two losses and has tasted the canvas in previous fights.

It is not out of the question that Brinkley will be able to hurt Stevens and maybe even stop him!

Even with the questionable beard of Stevens I still feel this is his fight to lose. We all know the most talented guy in the ring does not always win, but I would considered it quite an upset if Stevens goes down at the hands of Jesse Brinkley.

Boxeo: .50 Units On Stevens By KO {+137}
Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {+155}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Fox Sports Net Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Friday night features a twelve round light heavyweight WBA world title affair between Gabriel Campillo, (19-2, 6KO’s) and Beibut Shumenov, (8-1, 6KO’s) live from the Hard Rock Hotel and Casino, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Campillo opened about a -140 favorite over Shumenov, but the public quickly jumped on Shumenov, and Campillo’s number actually went to +115. Shumenov currently sits as a -135 favorite. The O/U for the fight has been set at 9.5 rounds, with the over landing at -260 and the under coming in at +220.

Campillo by KO comes in at +380, while Campillo by decision will net you +247. Shumenov by KO hits the mark at +313, and Shumenov by decision lands at +175. The odds the fight is declared a draw currently rests at +2000.

This will be the second time Gabriel Campillo and Beibut Shumenov face off inside the ring. Their first contest ended with Campillo having his hand raised in a very close and action packed bout that many say could have gone to either man.

Early on Campillo was overwhelmed by Shumenov’s pressure and aggressive style, and Campillo looked to be losing the first half of the fight. However, halfway through the contest, Shumenov tired and allowed Campillo to rally back and take the fight away from him.

The way the fight played out is why people cannot be sure who really won the fight. Shumenov took the first half of the fight, while Campillo managed to grab the second half of the fight for himself. Gabriel Campillo will, once again, be coming into this fight as the more experienced fighter.

Campillo has faced off with a couple name fighters such as Hugo Hernan Garay and Karo Murat, but other then that Gabriel has basically been fighting tomato cans for the majority of his 21-fight career.

Perhaps the reason Campillo has not faced off with truly elite opponents is because he would not be able to defeat them. The fact of the matter is Campillo is just not very good!

Gabriel comes into the ring using both a semi-aggressive style and a passive, boxing style. The majority of the time, Campillo often chooses to use his boxing ability to win his fights.

Campillo often shoots a decent jab throughout his fights, but other then that doesn’t seem to be a very high volume puncher. Gabriel likes to move around the ring (using rather clumsy footwork), pop the jab and wait for the decision to come at the end of the fight.

Despite being a boxer though, I feel Campillo has a poor defense and worse yet, a weak chin. Campillo has been stopped one time (out of two losses) at the hands of Vyacheslav Uzelkov in six rounds.

Aside from being hurt, Campillo is no stranger to tasting the canvas as well. Gabriel was both stunned (a couple times) and dropped against Lolenga Mock, who can be considered a moderate puncher at best.

However, at times Campillo will also opt to brawl with his opponent, as he did against Shumenov in their first fight. When Campillo chooses to start fighting, he can get extremely wild and sloppy.

In fact, Shumenov was able to drop Campillo in their first contest when Gabriel was rushing in without a hint of defense. Although the knockdown was not devastating, Campillo got caught nonetheless.

Beibut Shumenov on the other hand tends to step into the ring looking for the KO and a crowd-pleasing fight.

Shumenov is quite an aggressive, in your face fighter and also packs a strong punch (unlike Campillo). Beibut Shumenov is not the most technically sound fighter in boxing, but is a solid finisher and puts everything he has into his punches.

Personally, if I were to look at the first fight before it happened, I would have given the edge to Shumenov and expected Campillo to be knocked out. I do feel their first contest was very winnable for Shumenov and that the fight could have gone that way, had he not gassed as badly as he did in the later rounds of their contest.

This seems to be a style match up just made for Shumenov. Campillo is a poor boxer and won’t be able to run away from Shumenov forever, and at times Gabriel even likes to stand and slug it out a bit despite his bad defense and very suspect chin.

While I do not think Shumenov is the perfect fighter, I firmly believe he is the better fighter out of the two in this fight. Campillo says he will be looking for the knockout, which suggests he is more then happy to brawl (which I believe he will do), and we all know Beibut will be seeking the KO, as usual.

I would not be shocked to see Campillo get knocked out while brawling, as he isn’t exactly a defensive wizard. At the same time though, if Shumenov loses some of his energy, knocking Campillo out would become a much more difficult task for Beibut.

However, even if Shumenov does tire and is unable to knock Gabriel out, as long as he doesn’t completely empty all of his stamina (as he did in the first fight) I would be surprised to see Campillo win a decision this time around.

I expect a good, action packed fight from the get-go from both Beibut and Gabriel, but I believe Shumenov has more then enough to avenge his only defeat, and perhaps set up a Shumenov/Campillo III fight down the line.

Krakrabbit: 1.50 Units On Shumenov {+120}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Shumenov {+120}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: .50 Units On Shumenov {+120}
D3: .50 Units On Shumenov {+120}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night undefeated WBO super bantamweight champion Juan Manuel Lopez, (27-0, 24KO’s) will challenge himself once again when he faces off with WBO featherweight champion Steven Luevano, (37-1-1, 15KO’s) live from the Madison Square Garden, New York, New York.

The undefeated Lopez opened the contest as the betting favorite and the line has remained pretty steady with Lopez resting at –430 and Luevano backers getting +345.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the under being set at +100. The over currently lands at -120.

Lopez by KO comes in at –125. Lopez by decision will reward you with +270. Luevano by KO hits the mark at +874, and Luevano by decision lands at +481. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +3500.

Juan Manuel Lopez is fresh off a win over veteran opponent Rogers Mtagwa just three months ago in New York, but the win did not come easily.

Mtagwa was seen as one of the biggest challenges of Lopez’s relatively short professional career, but the majority of the boxing community fully expected Lopez to rise up and handily defeat the tough resident of Philadelphia.

However, in his fight with Mtagwa, Lopez was in much tougher then anyone expected him to be. Despite early success against Rogers, by the middle rounds Lopez was evidently fading and beginning to take more and more shots throughout the fight.

In what ended up being a Fight of the Year candidate, Lopez and Mtagwa went to war for 12 rounds without halt.

Throughout the bout, both Mtagwa and Lopez were badly hurt, and it could actually be said that Lopez could have been stopped in their fight. By the late rounds, “JuanMa” was extremely fatigued and nearly every flush shot sent him reeling and looking to survive until the final bell.

Although the fight was scored as a unanimous decision for Juan Manuel (by the scores of 116-111, 115-111, and 114-113), some believe that Lopez lost the push and pull fight and that Rogers Mtagwa (who had twelve losses going into the fight with Lopez) was robbed.

Team Lopez claims that the reason behind his poor performance at Madison Square Garden was that Juan Manuel was weight drained and was not able to perform as well as he wanted because of it.

Now, Juan Manuel Lopez takes another step up in competition, this time in a higher weight division, against the experienced Steven Luevano.

Luevano is himself coming off a victory, but by no means was it a pretty one.

In Steven’s last bout, he faced off with brawler Bernabe Concepcion. At the end of the seventh round in a neck and neck contest, Concepcion hit Luevano after the bell and sent him to the canvas.

Not even a couple second went by after the bell ended the seventh round when Concepcion landed a flush right hook to the chin of Steven and just about put Luevano’s lights out. Concepcion was eventually disqualified, and Luevano laid on the canvas for several minutes before getting up and out of the arena.

That was not the first time Luevano was badly hurt inside the ring. Steven has been in some wars during his career, and while he is not a pure brawler he is more then happy to brawl if his opponent brings it to him. At times, his willingness to brawl with stronger opponents can land him in some tough spots.

Luevano has been stunned several times throughout his 39 professional fights, but has never been stopped and rarely even tastes the canvas. Steven has shown that he has heart and is willing to slug it out when his back is against the wall.

Steven Luevano does not have a chin like George Foreman, but he has not been put away as of yet. His grit and heart has saved him more then once when he gets hurt, and I question if Juan Manuel Lopez can even stop Luevano.

Another thing going for Luevano is his experience edge in this contest. Steven has had twelve more fights then Lopez, and has faced off with the better competition.

Luevano holds wins over Nicky Cook, Antonio Davis, Billy Dib and Cristobal Cruz, and also had a somewhat competitive fight with Martin Honorio, a fight he ultimately lost on the scorecards.

Also, this will be Juan Manuel’s first fight in the featherweight division and there is no telling exactly how the jump up in weight will affect the hard-hitting Puerto Rican.

While I do believe the added weight will possibly aid Lopez, we don’t know if the added weight will diminish anything about him. Juan Manuel could be slower, or even lose some of his devastating power at the higher weight class.

Featherweight is Luevano’s weight class and he has been situated there for over three years. Steven will be the slightly bigger man inside the ring on Saturday against “JuanMa”.

Now, I expect Juan Manuel Lopez to win this fight, but that is assuming Juan Manuel does not put on the performance he did against Mtagwa. I firmly believe Luevano is better then Mtagwa technically and skill wise, and if Lopez fights as badly as he did against Rogers he will lose this fight.

However, while that could happen (it is not outside the realm of possibility by any means), I do not expect it.

By watching the Mtagwa fight, it was easy to see that Juan Manuel was dead on his feet from fatigue by the later rounds of the fight, which leads me to believe his story about being weight drained. The odd thing is that Lopez never missed weight or looked that bad at any other time in his career.

Luevano is not a world-beater, and personally I find it very difficult to believe that Steven even has a chance at winning this fight on the judge’s scorecards. It is common knowledge that should Lopez and Gamboa both win their respective fights, it is very likely that a showdown between the two would be coming soon.

As such, I find it tough to find a case for backing Luevano. I do not think Steven has enough power to knock Juan Manuel Lopez out, and the possible disadvantage he has on the cards makes it very tough for him to get “W” on his record against Lopez even if he did put on a great performance against Juan Manuel.

All in all, I think this is just a great fight and clash of styles. While Luevano does occasionally use a “running” style, if Lopez brings the fight to him (and he will), I fully expect Luevano to be more then happy to brawl a bit.

I have gone back and forth on it a little bit while looking at this fight, but I believe that Steven Luevano has enough experience and toughness to go some rounds with Lopez, especially if Juan Manuel starts a little slower because he is worried about blowing his stamina early in this fight and never recovering like he did against Mtagwa.

I think there is a solid chance Luevano gets stopped at some point during this fight, but I believe if Steven is going out it is going to be later in the fight. So late in the fight actually, that I also would not be shocked to see Luevano last the full twelve rounds.

Kakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Lopez By KO 7-12 {+215} & 1.00 Units On Lopez By Decision {+270}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Lopez By KO 7-12 {+215} & 1.00 Units On Lopez By Decision {+270}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.25 Units On Lopez By KO {-125}
D3: 1.25 Units On Lopez By KO {-125}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Boxeo

Saturday night highly touted undefeated WBA featherweight champion Yuriorkis Gamboa, (16-0, 14KO’s) takes a step up in competition when he battles forty-one fight veteran Rogers Mtagwa, (26-13-2, 18KO’s) live from the Madison Square Garden, New York, New York.

The Cuban standout Gamboa opened the contest as the overwhelming betting favorite and the line has remained pretty much stagnant with Gamboa resting at –1000 and Mtagwa sitting at +650 to score the upset.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the under initially being set at –135. However, the public quickly hit that under bet and it is now as high as –155 at some books. The over sits around the +120 mark.

Gamboa by KO was originally set at –190 but the public also bet that number up to –205. Gamboa by decision will reward you with +259. Mtagwa by KO hits the mark at +1095, and Mtagwa by decision lands at +1100. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +5500.

Although Yuriorkis Gamboa only has sixteen professional bouts under his belt he is considered by many to be the future of the featherweight division.

His blinding speed, massive punching power, and aggressive crowd friendly style has made the Cuban defector an instant hit in the states.

With 14 stoppage wins in only sixteen fights I think it’s safe to say that Gamboa knows how to get his man out of there. However, early in his career Gamboa had an extremely reckless style of fighting. With his hands down low at his sides he would leap in with his lightning quick combinations without any regard for his defense.

More often then not this untamed aggression resulted in highlight reel knockout victories for the rising star, but every once in awhile Gamboa would get timed as he attacked with reckless abandon and find himself smack dab on the canvas.

Fortunately for Gamboa supporters his team quickly realized the error of his ways and slowly reeled in his foolish offensive attacks and have now got the power punching Cuban setting up his combinations much more efficiently.

Because Gamboa now tries to set-up his combinations without just rushing in, a little bit of his crowd friendly style has suffered, but there is no question that his team made the right move by settling him down some.

Team Gamboa understood early in his career that as he moves up the ladder and begins to face better and better competition, wild, untamed attacking is not going to get the job done.

That first step up the ladder for Gamboa begins Saturday night when he faces the seasoned veteran Rogers Mtagwa.

Even though Mtagwa is just two months shy of his thirty-first birthday, he has already competed in forty-one professional boxing matches. Although Mtagwa clearly has the experience edge in this match-up, his competition thus far in his career has only been so-so.

He has a few “names” on his resume like Emmanuel Lucero, Antonio Diaz, Agapito Sanchez, Martin Honorio, Billy Dib and most recently Juan Manuel Lopez.

If you haven’t guessed by now, with thirteen losses on his record Mtagwa does not respond greatly when he steps up his competition. In fact, every single name I just listed above has beaten Rogers Mtagwa.

Mtagwa’s inability to win fights against higher-level opposition is one of the major reasons boxing insiders were absolutely shocked at Mtagwa’s last performance against highly touted Puerto Rican star Juan Manuel Lopez.

Mtagwa came to fight against Lopez like he does in all of his fights, but this time around he was actually able to use his wild, free swinging ways to not only stun Lopez on multiple occasions during the fight, but also appeared to be only seconds away from stopping the 26-0 Lopez.

In the end Lopez scraped by with the unanimous decision win, but many in the sport began to question if Mtagwa was just that good on that night or if maybe the praise that was surrounding Lopez was a bit unwarranted?

For his part Lopez claimed weight issues during that fight and will now move up in weight from bantamweight to featherweight as the headliner on this very same card against Steven Luevano.

Obviously, the thinking is to get both Gamboa and Lopez a win on Saturday night and then match them up down the line.

For Gamboa to do his part to keep a potential Lopez showdown alive I think he is going to need to be very disciplined against the unorthodox punching of Rogers Mtagwa.

The more I look at this fight the more I can't help but think that Rogers Mtagwa only hope of upsetting the apple cart is to land one of those wild haymakers on the suspect chin of Gamboa before Gamboa starts to tee-off on him.

The only chance of that happening is if Gamboa reverts back to his wild and crazy days of just attacking with reckless abandon.

If Gamboa sticks to the game plan and keeps a nice tight defense he should have no problem at all landing at will on Mtagwa as he rushes forward.

Mtagwa is so wide with his punches and has a total disregard for any type of defense; I find it hard to believe he can make it the distance with a fast, hard punching fighter like Yuriorkis Gamboa.

With that said, it’s painfully evident by the ridiculous –1000 Gamboa betting line that the books clearly feel Gamboa is head and shoulders above Mtagwa. Obviously I am not going to play a –1000 line, but I do feel there is some value in the –135 under 9.5 round bet.

If Mtagwa fights to form then he is going to come out of that corner and rush right after Gamboa. For as long as he is able to stand Mtagwa will seek to land a looping shot that stuns or drops Gamboa.

I feel his style is perfectly made to order for a quick-handed fighter like Gamboa, and even though Mtagwa has shown a very solid beard in the past (only stopped twice out of those thirteen losses) I just cannot envision Mtagwa being able to absorb those rapid fire, powerful combinations from Gamboa for ten rounds.

Boxeo: 2.70 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {-135}
Krakrabbit: 2.70 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {-135}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.90 Units On Gamboa By KO {-190}
D3: 1.90 Units On Gamboa By KO {-190}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on Showtime fight fans will be treated to a WBO junior welterweight title bout when undefeated Timothy “Desert Storm” Bradley, (24-0, 11KO’s) battles fellow unbeaten Lamont “Havoc” Peterson, (27-0, 13KO’s) live from the Agua Caliente Casino, Rancho Mirage, California.

Bradley opened the contest as the clear betting favorite and public money has slowly flowed in on him, knocking his number to –260. Peterson supports get the underdog cash at +215. The O/U on the bout is set at 11.5 rounds, with the over coming in at -200 and the under at +160.

Bradley by KO comes in at +252, while Bradley by decision will reward you with +150. Peterson by KO hits the mark at +748, and Peterson by decision lands at +290. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +2750.

Tim Bradley is fresh off a recent bout with former champion Nate Campbell that lasted only three short rounds.

However, nobody was knocked out! The Campbell fight has had a large amount of controversy surrounding it up until the California State Athletic Commission declared the fight a No Contest three weeks after the fight took place.

In the fight, Campbell and Bradley were off to a slow start with Bradley fighting outside of his usual style and attempting to box while Nate pursued him.

In the third round, Bradley charged forward towards Campbell and midway through a flurry headbutted Campbell, opening a very deep and severe cut over Nate’s left eye.

After the round was over, Campbell claimed he was seeing spots (those claims were later confirmed by doctors, as Nate had a vitreous hemorrhage behind his left eye) and could not continue and the fight was stopped. However, on that night the referee (David Mendoza of California) ruled the cut was caused by a punch and awarded Bradley the TKO victory.

As if it wasn’t evident enough during the fight, the replays shown by Showtime obviously show that Bradley (accidentally) headbutted Campbell in the middle of a flurry.

Nonetheless, everyone who bet on Nate Campbell, Bradley by decision or the over lost their money. Three weeks later, the decision was overturned and rightfully ruled a No Contest.

When Bradley and Campbell were actually fighting, I was surprised to see that Tim was attempting to outbox Campbell instead of charging forward as he usually does in his fights.

I feel that despite all the trash talking from Bradley, Tim was less then enthusiastic to engage his more experienced opponent. Nate has very underrated power, and I think Bradley was trying to outbox Campbell so he ran no risk of getting caught and possibly knocked out.

Tim Bradley is usually an in-your-face brawler who is constantly applying pressure to his opponents. Bradley has a strong offense and as of yet has not been defeated despite facing off with solid fighters such as Junior Witter, Edner Cherry, Kendall Holt and of course Nate Campbell.

Even though Bradley has a solid offensive attack, he is not invincible. Tim often leaves himself open to being hit and lacks any real defensive skills inside the ring. Fortunately for Bradley, he has the chin to back up his hit or be hit style. Tim has tasted the canvas before (Kendall Holt dropped him twice in their fight, but refused to finish Bradley off) but has some strong whiskers on him.

He has held up to some cleans shot, and while I have seen him buzzed before in his career, seeing Bradley on wobbly legs isn’t something you can bank on witnessing.

While Campbell was not looking great for the three rounds he was in the fight and may well have lost later in the night, the decision that unfolded at the Agua Caliente Casino (the location for this fight!) has me worried about just how far hometown cooking will go for Bradley in California.

Lamont Peterson is himself hot off a win over unbeaten southpaw Willy Blain eight months ago.

In his fight with Blain, Peterson, as usual in his fights, dominated his overmatched opponent eventually stopping Blain in the seventh round.

Peterson does not have nearly as good a resume as Timothy Bradley does and is still relatively unproven in his 27-fight career. Lamont does hold wins over Humberto Toledo, Antonio Mesquita (an unknown, but then undefeated fighter with thirty-four wins), among some other lower-tier names.

While the names mentioned are decent, Lamont has not been seriously tested in his professional career as of yet, and Timothy Bradley will undoubtedly be a big step up for Peterson.

However, don’t let Peterson’s opposition grade fool you; Lamont has some serious skills!

Lamont Peterson is a slick boxer with some solid defense as well as a good offense. “Havoc” is quite well rounded in my opinion, and has a sharp left hook as well as some quick hands and smooth foot movement.

One problem I see with Peterson is that sometimes he uses the jab a little too lazily, sometimes just throwing it out there without a real purpose. I am worried that Bradley at some point may launch his right hand over the occasionally weak jab of Peterson. When Lamont does decide to throw his jab with intention though, it comes out with speed and strength.

The biggest issue Peterson has to deal with is his lack of raw power. While I do feel Peterson’s power is a bit underrated (13KOs in 27 wins), the majority of the time even when Lamont lands cleanly and dominates, he often has to lay an utter beating on his opponent to get them out of there.

I do not believe Havoc has the kind of one-punch power to give Bradley trouble early, and Tim rarely slows down in his fights so I would be surprised to see anything happen then either.

In fact, I would be shocked if either Bradley or Peterson could stop one another, as neither man has shown to have a weak chin (although Peterson’s is a bit more of a question then Bradley’s is due to level of competition) and neither fighter has huge power.

If, and I completely expect him to as he has nothing to fear against Peterson, Bradley elects to come forward after Lamont, I feel Peterson will have a pretty easy time outboxing and landing cleanly on Timothy.

I see Lamont Peterson as being the much more well-rounded and skilled fighter in this match up. Honestly, I don’t think too much of Bradley except for the man’s toughness and continuous pressure.

As we touched on, Bradley is no defensive wizard and Peterson can be quite precise with his punches. I would not be surprised to see Peterson painting Bradley’s face like Earl Scheib whenever he decides to throws.

I would not be shocked to see Bradley have his occasional moments against Peterson if he somehow manages to pin Lamont on the ropes, but overall I believe Peterson should have no trouble outboxing Bradley.

Adding to that, Havoc will have a significant reach (four inches) and height (three inches) advantage against Desert Storm, which will undoubtedly help Lamont keep Bradley away from him.

The biggest question for me in this fight is whether or not Lamont Peterson will be able to win on the cards in California against the native Californian, Timothy Bradley.

We all know what happened when Campbell was put at the mercy of the California athletic commission and Californian referee David Mendoza, and I cannot help but wonder if Peterson will be able to get a fair shake on the cards?

The Peterson/Bradley fight is even in the exact same hotel and casino as the Nate Campbell fight (Agua Caliente Casino) and that seriously worries me for this bout.

Personally, I expect Peterson to put on a great performance and to hand Bradley the first loss of his career, but whether or not they actually let Peterson officially win is the question.

Because of the uncertainty I feel when and if the fight hits the scorecards (I have a bad feeling if the fight is too close, Bradley gets it) I cannot bring myself to go as large on Peterson as I would like.

I am also worried about the possibility of Bradley cutting Peterson as he rushes forward with his head, as Timothy did to Campbell. If that should happen, I have a tough time believing they will be more then willing to call the cut as caused by a headbutt, whether or not it really was.

Of course, if that situation were to come up the call would be decided by the referee, but without knowing who will be the third man in the ring on Saturday its better to be safe then sorry, especially with such a hard-headed fighter in the ring.

Nonetheless, his odds are too irresistible for me to pass on Havoc in this one, and I feel the vastly overrated Bradley is in severe danger of losing his unbeaten record.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Peterson By Decision {+290}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Peterson By Decision {+290}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Peterson By Decision {+290} & 1.00 Units On Bradley By Decision {+150}
D3: 1.00 Units On Peterson By Decision {+290} & 1.00 Units On Bradley By Decision {+150}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on the Bradley/Peterson Showtime undercard features a twelve round super flyweight WBC world title affair between Vic “Raging Bull” Darchinyan, (32-2-1, 26KO’s) and veteran Tomas “Gusano” Rojas, (32-11-1, 22KO’s) live from the Agued Caliente Casino, Rancho Mirage, California.

Darchinyan opened about a -700 favorite over Rojas, but the public quickly dropped his number down to -500. Rojas supporters get the underdog cash at +400. The O/U for the fight has been set at 8.5 rounds, with the over landing at +140 and the under coming in at -160.

Darchinyan by KO comes in at -195, while Darchinyan by decision will net you +423. Rojas by KO hits the mark at +630, and Rojas by decision lands at +867. The odds the fight is declared a draw currently rests at +4000.

This will be Vic Darchinyan’s first fight after coming off a decision loss to South African Bantamweight Joseph Agbeko. For Darchinyan’s fight with Agbeko, Vic moved up in weight from his normal 115-pound weight limit to the Bantamweight division of 118-pounds.

In his fight with “King Kong” Agbeko, Vic fought as he usually does, leaping into his shots, leaving his chin exposed and throwing many straight left hands.

However, against Joseph, his usual tactics did not work and was unable to land many clean shots on Agbeko.

King Kong was able to get inside of Vic’s wide shots and land his own without taking too much punishment at the same time. At the end of the night, Agbeko’s hand was raised and Vic left the arena with a very poor performance on his mind.

After failing at his attempt to seize the bantamweight crown, Darchinyan now moves down in weight to face Tomas Rojas.

As I already touched on, Darchinyan is by no means a technical fighter. He often leaps in when he throws, and is not a tough person to land on. In addition, Darchinyan has shown to have a very weak beard, and has been hurt multiple times in his career as well as being brutally knocked out by Nonito Donaire.

While we already know Darchinyan has virtually no defense whatsoever, it must also be known that Vic has some serious offensive limitations as well.

The Raging Bull can punch his way out of a bag and holds victories over Dmitry Kirillov, Cristian Mijares, Jorge Arce among others, it must be noted that Vic really only has a single punch in his arsenal: the left hand.

Nearly every one of Vic Darchinyan’s knockouts (with the exception of Arce, which was stopped on cuts) has been caused by his devastating straight left hand from his southpaw stance.

Now, all southpaws throw left hands when fighting, it’s the money punch of most unorthodox fighters, but what makes Vic so limited in his offense is his inability to throw little else but the left hand.

Few right hooks, body punches, left hooks, or uppercuts are thrown by Darchinyan throughout his fights. Vic insists on using a weak jab to set up a quick left hand in every one of his fights.

While you may be wondering why Darchinyan does not have a bad record and has been able to beat top-tier opponents despite his crude style, the answer lies in the Raging Bull’s punch! Darchinyan has the ability to knock most of his opponents out with a single punch (most likely a left hand!), and for some odd reason few boxers have been able to figure out how to negate that missile of a punch.

Perhaps some of the reason why Darchinyan has success is because of his power. Only six men out of Darchinyan’s thirty-two victories have been able to go the distance with the Vic.

Tomas Rojas is himself coming off a win over previously undefeated South African Evans Mbamba.

In his fight with Mbamba, Rojas was able to soundly outbox his less experienced foe, leading him to a one-sided unanimous decision win over Evans. Rojas was even able to drop Mbamba a couple times throughout the course of their fight!

Rojas is a solid boxer with some very underrated skills. He has decent speed as well as some respectable pop in his gloves and is overall a very well rounded fighter.

However, Tomas Rojas’s greatest asset is his granite chin. Despite having lost eleven of his professional bouts, Rojas has only been stopped once (by Jorge Arce), and that was via a body shot.

Up until Rojas was caught with that vicious shot to the liver, Tomas could well have been winning the fight with Arce.

I feel Tomas Rojas is one of the best fighters in boxing with eleven losses, and the majority of Rojas’s losses have come at the hands of very solid fighters such as Cristian Mijares, Luis Maldonado, Gerry Penalosa, Anselmo Moreno, and of course the Mexican legend, Jorge Arce.

Tomas is a warrior inside the ring, and his chin has not shown any signs of being fragile in the past. I firmly believe Rojas’s chin is solid enough that he will be able to take the Raging Bull’s shots.

In fact, I am not so sure Darchinyan will even win this fight. I think Vic is going to be in tougher then expected in this fight, and should he heavily underestimate Rojas I believe there is a good chance Tomas may be able to pull out the win.

While Darchinyan is by no means an unbeatable fighter, and Rojas is vastly underrated, I do feel that he will do just enough to pull out the win, but on the cards. I would be surprised to see Rojas fold early, and if Tomas gets stopped I have a feeling it will be late in the fight, perhaps around the ninth or tenth round if it happens.

I am leaning towards Darchinyan being unable to stop the very durable veteran on Saturday night, and while I do feel he will chalk up another win (albeit barely) I do not think Rojas will crumble at all against the Raging Bull.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Over 8.5 Rounds {+140} & .50 Units On Darchinyan By Decision {+423}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Rojas {+400}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday afternoon we are treated to an HBO heavyweight title bout between heavy-handed knockout artist Vitali Klitschko, (38-2, 37KOs) and undefeated American heavyweight Kevin Johnson, (22-0-1, 9KOs.) from the PostFinance Arena, Berne, Switzerland.

Klitschko opened as the massive favorite in the fight and now sits at around -2000. Currently, you can score a hefty +1000 on the underdog Johnson.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the under coming in at -145 and the over at +110. Klitschko by KO comes in at -215, while Klitschko by decision will reward you with +249. Johnson by KO hits the mark at +1462, and Johnson by decision lands at a whopping +1700.

As you can see from the above odds, the oddsmakers do not believe Kevin Johnson has a soul of a chance at beating the WBO heavyweight champion, and I do not think much differently.

Kevin Johnson is fresh off a TKO victory over then-undefeated Ohio resident Devin Vargas. In his bout with Vargas, Johnson was struggling to take control of the fight and it looked as though Vargas was on his way to handing Johnson the first defeat of his professional career.

However, late into the sixth round after absorbing a solid hook to the ear, Devin Vargas complained about ear pains. Claiming he could not continue, Johnson was awarded the sixth-round TKO win. It is believed that Vargas had his eardrum punctured when he was punched in the ear.

Despite pulling out the win, it is an understatement to say Johnson looked lackluster in the fight against a low-tier opponent.

In fact, “Kingpin” has not faced off with many name opponents in his entire career. The biggest name on Kevin’s resume is most likely Bruce Seldon, excluding Timur Ibragimov, whom Johnson drew with in only his fourth pro fight.

I personally question what Kevin Johnson has done to get a title shot against Vitali Klitschko, with his uninspiring performances against small name opposition.

Vitali Klitschko is also coming off a stoppage win just three months ago against another hyped American heavyweight, Chris Arreola.

When Klitschko faced off against Arreola, the fight could not be described as anything else but a pure and utter beating. Arreola was battered around the ring, as the much faster Klitschko landed at will and peppered “The Nightmare” with a variety of punches from all angles.

Arreola could not get anything together in the fight, and Klitschko used his sound boxing, moving and odd punching angles to eventually force Arreola’s corner to stop the fight in the tenth round.

Vitali Klitschko showed once again why he is such a difficult opponent to face off against and why he has not tasted defeat since 2003.

In fact as most already know, even Klitschko’s two losses to the hands of Lennox Lewis and Chris Byrd were not definitive losses. Vitali had to quit against Byrd because of injury, and the fight was stopped against Lewis because of a severe cut over Klitschko’s eye.

As you can see from just Vitali’s defeats, “Dr. Ironfist” has the vastly superior resume going into this fight.

Klitschko has faced off with the who’s who of the heavyweight division such as Timo Hoffmann, Corrie Sanders, Danny Williams, Samuel Peter, Kirk Johnson, Larry Donald, and of course Lennox Lewis, Chris Byrd and Chris Arreola.

Stylistically, Klitschko is an enigma in the way he fights. Constantly on his back foot, moving around and ducking punches, Klitschko always looks to be off balance when fighting. It looks as though a single, solid punch would make Vitali go down like a tree.

Perhaps that is the case, but we may never know as long as Klitschko evades punches as well as he does now. Despite strong efforts from Arreola and Peter in his more recent fights, Klitschko is seldom hit flush and possesses a great defense inside the ring.

Somehow the 6’7 heavyweight is able to slip and avoid punches like much lighter fighters, and has great upper body movement in his fights.

Vitali Klitschko also has a good amount of power in each hand. Klitschko does not quite have the one-punch pop that his brother Wladimir has, but Vitali does have strong power that really takes its toll late in the fight.

Vitali rarely ever stops his opponents early, usually insisting on laying a bit of a beating on his opposition, wearing them down and stopping them in the mid-to-late round of the contest.

Also, despite having been “stopped” in both of his losses, Vitali Klitschko has never been knocked out and has never even tasted the canvas. Even when taking shots from huge punchers, Vitali has always been able to take whatever his opponents managed to land while rarely wobbling.

Vitali has also never been plagued with the stamina issues that Wladimir has suffered from, and it can easily be said that Vitali Klitschko is the Paul Williams of the heavyweight division.

Kevin Johnson on the other hand also employs a somewhat odd style inside the ring and from round one to round ten (will be twelve in this case), Johnson’s money punch is the simple jab.

Johnson uses the jab extensively in his bouts, but for some reason does not always follow it up with the right hand. Kevin usually prefers to jab, jab, and jab some more but sometimes gets too jab happy and refuses to throw anything but the jab.

At times, he will follow through after the jab with the right hand or maybe a left hook, but more often then not Johnson’s jab is his offense.

I feel some of this is contributed to Johnson’s questionable stamina. I believe Johnson has a weak pair of lungs, and only after a couple rounds of boxing Kingpin’s punches and punch output evidently slows.

In addition, Kevin Johnson lacks any serious power inside the ring. With only nine KOs in twenty-two victories, it is easy to see Kevin has little pop in his gloves.

I also believe Kevin Johnson’s speed is seriously overrated. I do not see Johnson as a very quick fighter even in the beginning of his fights, and after he begins to fade Johnson’s hand speed is seriously diminished and his foot speed is equal to a turtle with broken legs.

I do not believe Johnson is as impressive defensively as he and his fans would like to suggest he is. Kevin looks to be wide open to the right hand (one of Vitali’s strongest punches) and often leaves his hands down to rely on his reflexes.

I firmly see Vitali Klitschko as the vastly quicker fighter in this match up and it would not surprise me to see Johnson eat a ton of leather from Vitali throughout the fight.

To me, Kingpin is not well rounded enough to even pose a threat to Klitschko. He lacks any real power, is quite slow for being a boxer, and is not very defensively sound.

The biggest question for me in this fight is how long Kevin Johnson will be able to last against Vitali Klitschko. I expect Johnson to put up a willing, but failed effort against Dr. Ironfist on Saturday and the only thing I wonder about is just how tough Johnson is.

Samuel Peter took eight rounds of punishment; Juan Carlos Gomez took nine, and Chris Arreola was able to sustain himself for ten. Just how long will Kevin Johnson be able to go?

Johnson’s toughness and heart has never been tested as of yet in his short professional career, and having never taken a real hard shot from anyone nor having absorbed a multitude of shots, I am certain Kevin has little chance at repeating Timo Hoffmann’s feat in going the distance with Klitschko.

I completely expect Johnson to take an Arreola-like beating on Saturday, and I think Johnson will be ready to crumble anytime after seven rounds from fatigue and a pure beating he has never sustained before.

However, because of the uncertainty about how Johnson will take a truly powerful shot, even early in the fight, I cannot help myself but to back Klitschko by KO rather then simply the late Klitschko round props.

Krakrabbit: 4.30 Units On Klitschko By KO {-215}
Boxeo: 2.15 Units On Klitschko By KO {-215}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.15 Units On Klitschko By KO {-215}
D3: 2.15 Units On Klitschko By KO {-215}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night showcases Juan “Baby Bull” Diaz, (35-2, 17KO’s) quest to regain his place among the elite boxers in sport when he squares off against slick boxer Paulie “Magic Man” Malignaggi, (26-3, 5KO’s) live from the UIC Pavilion, Chicago, Illinois.

Diaz was quickly installed as almost a 2-1 favorite in the fight but the public rapidly jumped on the underdog Malignaggi and tanked Diaz down to a –135 mark. If you were late to the Malignaggi party you will now be forced to take only +110 for a Magic Man upset. The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over coming in at -500 and the under at +400.

Diaz by KO comes in at +399, while Diaz by decision will get you +150. Malignaggi by KO hits the mark at whopping +869, and Malignaggi by decision lands at +178.

This will be the second time Juan Diaz and Paulie Malignaggi face off inside the ring. Their first contest resulted in Juan Diaz pulling out a close, and disputed, decision victory over the Magic Man in Diaz’s backyard of Houston, Texas.

In the first fight, Diaz fought as usual and charged forward with his unrelenting pressure, while Malignaggi boxed and moved around Diaz.

Nearly each and every round was a close one, but at the end of the night the Baby Bull’s hand was raised and Paulie had another defeat marked onto his record.

The fight was close without question with both men having their moments in the fight, but what caused the controversy in the contest was mostly due to the 118-110 scorecard turned in by Gale Van Hoy in favor of Diaz.

The other two judges had the fight scored as a respectable 115-113, and 116-114. Now, whether or not you thought the right man won in the Toyota Center that night, it is impossible not to raise questions about that obscene 118-110 scorecard.

Because of the controversy surrounding the fight, Diaz and Malignaggi have decided to get it on once more to decide (hopefully without bias) who the better fighter between the two.

Juan Diaz is a very come-forward, in-your-face brawler who applies constant pressure without slowing down. The only men who have been able to slow the Baby Bull down and hand him defeats in his professional career have been the Mexican legend Juan Manuel Marquez and Nate Campbell.

Diaz is like the Energizer bunny when he steps into the ring and in every one of Diaz’s fights you can expect to see him throwing punches for three minutes of every round.

Despite a strong offense though, Juan is not without his flaws. Diaz often stands right in front of his opponent with little to no head movement and is always more then willing to take five punches to deliver his one.

Fortunately for the Baby Bull, he has the beard to back him up when absorbing blows. Of his 37-fight professional career, Diaz has only been stopped once by Juan Manuel Marquez in a barnburner of a fight. He has taken shots from Nate Campbell, Michael Katsidis (although Katsidis landed little in their fight!), and Acelino Freitas without even being dropped by any of the hard punchers.

In addition to his defensive lapses, Diaz also has a tendency to get cut when fighting. Juan was cut against Campbell, Marquez, and more recently, Malignaggi.

Paulie Malignaggi on the other hand is a polar opposite fighter from Juan Diaz. The Magic Man is a slick boxer who relies on his defensive skills and boxing ability to get the job done, most of the times on the scorecards.

After Malignaggi’s fight with Ricky Hatton, I had a feeling that Paulie may well have been on the decline in his career. I also had questions as to whether or not Malignaggi still had the legs to easily box for twelve full rounds.

When Malignaggi stepped into the ring with Diaz though (this time without possibly cursed trainer Buddy McGirt!), it looked like Paulie had gotten back on track.

Despite losing the fight, Malignaggi gave a strong effort and was able to box as well as he could for twelve straight rounds.

However, I do believe Malignaggi has lost a little something in his relatively short, but tough boxing career. Whereas Paulie is usually a very slick fighter who rarely gets hit cleanly, the Baby Bull was able to land quite flush a number of times throughout their first bout.

The Magic Man was able to evade some of the shots, but Diaz landed more then a prime Malignaggi would have let him land, and I also believe Paulie was stunned a couple times by the light-hitting Diaz.

Paulie also suffers from what many would call “pillow-hand syndrome”. Despite laying into his opponents and landing everything he has and more, Malignaggi has little power in his gloves.

With only five knockouts in twenty-six victories and the absence of a KO since 2003, it is easy to see that Paulie Malignaggi lacks the power to punch his way out of a wet bag.

As well as that, Malignaggi also has paper skin and often cuts when he gets hit. In their first fight, like Diaz, Paulie had sustained a cut during the fight. While it was worked on very well in between the rounds and never caused any trouble in the fight, the Magic Man was indeed cut in another one of his fights.

It would not shock me in the least bit to see either (or both) men bleed on Saturday night.

I feel this fight will play out in a similar fashion to the first contest. Juan Diaz was able to pressure Malignaggi pretty well during their first fight, while Paulie also had his moments in the contest as he could land at will on Diaz.

Both men were successful throughout the fight, and it was indeed a close fight that I feel could have gone either way. While I personally feel Diaz won their first contest, the 118-110 scorecard cannot help but suggest there was little chance Malignaggi would have won by decision, even if he had beaten Diaz convincingly in Texas.

This match up will take place in Chicago, and given Gale Van Hoy does not appear at ringside (the officials are supposed to be Mauro Di Fiore, Tom Miller, and Michael Pernick), I feel Malignaggi has a very good shot at pulling out the victory this time around.

As I have mentioned, their first fight was close and many in the boxing community actually believed Paulie Malignaggi to have won the first time around against Juan Diaz.

Given the controversy about the scorecard and the possibility of the Magic Man being robbed, I believe all eyes will be on the judges on Saturday and whether or not they will give Paulie a fair shake on the cards.

Because of the demands of the public to score the fight perfectly this time, I feel there is a strong chance the judges at ringside will feel obligated, or pressured, to give Paulie any close rounds in the fight.

I think there is a good chance that if Malignaggi can keep the fight close until the final bell, he will get the nod on the cards.

There is also a slight possibility that Paulie is able to open up a cut on Diaz and perhaps cause the fight to be stopped. If ruled by a punch, that would result in Malignaggi getting a TKO victory!

A win for Malignaggi may also be profitable to some in the boxing business, as Paulie winning the second fight obviously calls for a rubber match of the two.

As in the first fight, I expect this one to be close and I feel that this time around, there are more advantages on the side of the Magic Man to win this fight. I have a feeling if Paulie doesn’t get knocked out; he wins this one in Chicago and gets his revenge. Be prepared for Juan Diaz V Paulie Malignaggi III.

Krakrabbit: 1.50 Units On Malignaggi {+150}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Malignaggi {+150}
Grass Hopper: 1.00 Units On Malignaggi {+150}
Doody: .50 Units On Malignaggi {+150}
D3: .50 Units On Malignaggi {+150}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday on HBO, fight fans will be treated to a 160-pound showdown between Paul Williams, (37-1, 27KO’s) and the experienced southpaw Sergio Gabriel Martinez, (44-1-2, 24KO’s) live from the Boardwalk Hall, Atlantic City, New Jersey.

Williams was installed as the betting favorite in the fight, and the public quickly jumped on him, knocking his number all the way up to –575 at some sportsbooks. Those backing Martinez to score the upset win can get +375 for every hundred bet.

The over/under for the Williams/Martinez bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over costing you -170, while the under comes in at +150. Williams by KO hits the mark at +145, while Williams by decision will get you +125. Martinez by KO is a mighty +1200, and Martinez by decision lands at +600. The odds of the fight being declared a draw rest at +3500.

Paul Williams is fresh off a very one-sided victory over former titleholder Ronald “Winky” Wright in which Williams was able to pull out a unanimous decision over the very skilled boxer.

Williams was able to control the pace (as usual) with his massive punch output, cutting, swelling and battering Wright around the ring for 12 rounds. It was an easy fight for Williams, and at times it looked at though Wright was going to receive the first stoppage loss in his long career.

Paul “The Punisher” Williams once again used his pace to beat Winky, and Williams can easily be described as a non-stop punching machine inside the ring.

Paul often manages to throw upwards of a hundred punches per round, working at a continuous rate for three minutes of each and every round.

In addition to his obscene punch output, Williams also throws at amazingly odd angles throughout the fight, sometimes throwing punches around his own arms (as he did in the Wright fight). Williams is a tough man to deal with when he is on the offensive, and all except one of The Punisher’s opponents failed to find a way to counteract such a high work rate.

However, despite having such a tough style to deal with, Williams is not without his own set of flaws inside the ring.

The biggest problem that faces Williams is his inability to defend himself. Paul has little defense and it is an understatement to say he is only an offensive force. Williams can be hit at will, and leaves his head wide open for a smacking.

I did notice that Williams attempted to adopt somewhat of a defense in his last bout with Wright which mostly consisted of rolling his shoulders and head trying to move with the punches instead of standing in front of his opposition with no head movement. While Paul did have some solid success with it and wasn’t hit as much as he usually is, I am not so sure how his “defense” will fare against a quicker or more precise opponent then Winky.

Related to Williams’ lack of defense is his weakness to being outboxed. Paul Williams does indeed have a single defeat on his record to Carlos Quintana all the way back in early of 2008.

In that fight Quintana put on the performance of his life, moving in and out, countering and outboxing Williams over the course of the fight. Williams was unable to find his range and could not land consistently throughout the bout. Because he was so “off” during the fight, his punch output suffered and he received the first loss of his career.

Paul was very off on that night, and four months later Williams and Quintana squared off again in a rematch. In their second fight, Williams came out quickly and landed a solid left hand midway through the first round and soon after finished Quintana with a quick flurry of punches.

Although the rematch was once again fought at the welterweight limit of 147 pounds, I still can’t help but wonder if the loss to Quintana could have been due to making the 147-pound weight limit. Williams likes to claim he will fight anywhere between 147 and 160, but he has not campaigned below 153-pounds in his last three fights.

It is still a question as to why Williams couldn’t do anything against Quintana the first time around, but it still helped show that he can be outboxed and does indeed have flaws.

The man facing off with Williams, Sergio Martinez is also coming off a win over a solid name opponent, but the difference being Martinez’s win is not on his record!

Ten months ago, Martinez faced off with hit-or-miss Puerto Rican, Kermit Cintron. In his fight with Cintron, Martinez was the much better fighter in the ring and was able to easily outbox Kermit for nearly every round in the contest.

In the seventh round, Martinez connected with a flush left hand late in the round, forcing Cintron to back up and take a knee. The ref counted Cintron out, but Kermit insisted it was a headbutt that knocked him out.

After continuous complaining from Cintron and his corner, the fight was inexplicably called back on! Apparently the ref (Frank Santore Jr.) had now decided that Cintron did in fact beat the count of ten and would be allowed to continue.

It was obvious to anyone and everyone that watched the seventh round of that contest that Kermit Cintron was knocked out with a single left hand shot from Sergio Martinez.

To make matters worse, five rounds later two of the three ringside judges would puzzlingly score the fight 113-113, thus robbing Martinez of a well deserved decision victory!

So in one single fight Martinez was not only robbed of a stoppage victory in the seventh round, but also what should have been a one-sided unanimous decision victory after Cintron was given a reprieve from being knocked.

A quick glance at Martinez’s resume will not show a ton of big names. Martinez has certainly not been fighting the cream of the crop in his 47-fight career, but he has faced off with men such as Sharmba Mitchell, Alex Bunema, Antonio Margarito (who gave Martinez the only loss of his career), and of course Kermit Cintron.

Although Cintron is not a world-beater, and could in any way be in Paul Williams’ class, Martinez put on a brilliant performance that night and showed that he has some serious skills.

Nothing great there in the opposition he has faced, but don’t let it fool you. Sergio can box!

Sergio Martinez is a very skilled boxer, with quick hands, some slick defense and good foot movement.

Sergio also has an imperfection or two of his own as well, though. Martinez tends to keep his hands exceedingly low, and he will also head into this contest fighting at the highest contracted weight of his career, 160 pounds.

I feel Martinez’s overconfidence in keeping his hands low may let Williams get in plenty of shots during his long combinations. I am not quite sure how the weight will affect Martinez either. I don’t see Paul having any trouble adapting to 160 pounds (although I expect he will weigh-in at around the 157-pound mark, as he is quite lanky and does not put on a lot of muscle) but how Martinez will take having to fight at such a high weight for him is an open question.

I personally don’t expect too many problems to occur for Martinez because of the weight, as he is a rather large light middleweight himself at 5’11 with a semi-bulky frame, and he has fought as high as 159-pounds before.

When Martinez and Williams face off on Saturday, I have an inkling feeling that this fight with the “late replacement” (Williams was originally scheduled to fight Kelly Pavlik, who pulled out with a staph infection) could give Paul more trouble then he expects.

Both Williams and Martinez have their flaws, but its how the two fighter’s styles match up is what has me intrigued about the fight.

Paul has shown a slight weakness to being outboxed, and being that Carlos Quintana could pull off the upset by boxing, what is there to suggest Martinez cannot do the same?

Sergio Martinez will need to use the right gameplan (hitting and running) to beat Williams, and conversely Williams may only need to fight like Paul The Punisher Williams to beat Martinez.

Williams isn’t an unpredictable fighter, and excluding the Quintana fights usually always fights the same way; punch, punch, and punch some more for three minutes until the bell sounds.

Coupled with his defensive limitations, I can see Martinez landing some clean, sharp counterpunches throughout the course of the fight to Paul.

For The Punisher to pull out the victory, I feel he needs to stick to what he knows and that is simply punching. Martinez has never been in with such an active, relentless fighter. The only man Martinez has faced with a somewhat similar, non-stop style is Antonio Margarito, and Margarito stopped Sergio in seven rounds (I’m not going to say anything about the possibility of Margarito having loaded gloves or not...)

Excluding the brick-for-hands possibility, if Martinez had trouble with Margarito, why wouldn’t he have trouble with Williams? In my opinion, Paul is a much better pressure, non-stop fighter then Margarito, and Williams showed it when he beat Margarito in 2007.

There is one other thing I would like to add into the analysis of the fight though, and that is what happens when and if the fight hits the judges scorecards.

I feel there is a very strong possibility that, should Martinez actually beat Williams, he does not get the decision a la his last fight with Cintron.

It is common knowledge that Paul Williams has a ton of potential fights on the horizon with stars like Floyd Mayweather Jr., Shane Mosley, and Kelly Pavlik (if Pavlik doesn’t continue to get infected everytime he is supposed to fight Williams...) among others.

Sergio Martinez on the other hand...well, lets just say he can’t attract the kind of crowd Paul Williams can when he steps into the ring. My most definitive evidence of a possible Martinez robbery (should he win) brings us back again to his bout with Cintron.

If “they” would not give Sergio Martinez a KO or the decision, both of which he deserved, against Kermit Cintron, I have a tough time believing they would give Martinez a decision over the popular Paul Williams.

Some may point to Quintana’s ability to win on the cards versus Williams, but back when he faced off with Carlos for the first time, Williams was not nearly as well-known as he is now and had only one significant win in his career over Antonio Margarito.

I feel Sergio has a decent shot at pulling out the upset over Williams if he can box one of the best fights of his career, but I personally believe there are too many factors going against him for me to back him, although I would not argue with those dropping a little coin on him by decision for the value.

As for Paul, I cannot bring myself to go huge on him either. Williams is too defensively lacking and his less-then-stellar boxing ability may give him problems in this fight.

One thing I am quite certain of: this fight is not going to be ending early. Neither Williams nor Martinez have shown to have weak chins in their career and neither man has raw punching power.

The only way I see this fight being stopped is if Paul cuts and the fight is stopped on that, but personally I do not see it happening.

While I feel both men have a solid shot at taking this fight, if I had a gun pointed at my head I would have to side with Williams to win on the cards. I believe Williams’s punch output and high activity style will cause trouble for even the slick boxer Martinez, netting him a somewhat close decision win.

Krakrabbit: 6.00 Units On Williams By Decision {+166} & 1.00 Units On Martinez By Decision {+600}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Martinez By Decision {+600} & 1.00 Units On Williams By Decision {+166}
Grass Hopper: 1.00 Units On Williams By Decision {+166}
Doody: 1.00 Units On Martinez By Decision {+600} & 1.00 Units On Williams By Decision {+166}
D3: 1.70 Units On Over 9.5 Rounds {-170}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Versus Predictions
By Krakrabbit

On Saturday night Australian star Danny “Green Machine” Green will put his IBO cruiserweight title on the line against future hall of famer Roy Jones Jr., (54-5, 40KO’s) in a 180-pound catchweight affair, live from the Acer Arena, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia.

Jones opened as the clear betting favorite in the bout and currently sits at –300. Green supporters can snatch the plus money +250. The over/under for the bout is set at 11.5 rounds, with the over costing you –190, while the under comes in at +165.

Jones by KO comes in at +380, while Jones by decision will run you -105. Green by KO hits the mark at +475, and Green by decision lands at +650. The odds the fight will be declared a draw land at +2200.

This will be Jones’ first attempt at a title in the cruiserweight division, and as a matter of fact, this will be Roy’s first fight at “cruiserweight” in his long 59-fight career.

For some odds reason it seems the trend of late is to fight for a title belt of one division (in this case cruiser) but actually compete at a different weight then the rules would imply.

We saw this very thing happen with the Manny Pacquiao vs. Miguel Cotto bout a few weeks ago, and this time it is Jones and Green who will fight for the IBO cruiserweight title but both weighed-in under a 180 pounds! (179.5 for Jones and 179.2 for Green)

Roy Jones Jr. has in the past jumped around quite a bit in weight, winning titles at middleweight, super middleweight, light heavyweight and heavyweight, but for six years has settled at the 175-pound light heavyweight division (excluding his catchweight fight with Felix Trinidad).

I am a bit interested to see how Roy will take the increase in weight, but since he only hit the scales at 179.5 pounds, I feel he will retain most, if not all of his speed and ability.

Danny Green on the other hand started his career at super middleweight but has too found a home at light heavyweight for some time now.

Despite sharing a weight class, stylistically these two fighters could not be any more different from each other.

As I am sure you know, Roy Jones Jr. is a quick, flashy, sharp counter puncher who uses his speed and amazing reflexes to beat down his opponents, even at the ripe old age of 40.

Jones possesses incredible speed and has always had unbelievable reaction time to incoming punches. It is easy to see Jones as still being one of the fastest fighters in boxing north of the welterweight division, and it is not a huge stretch to think of Roy Jones Jr. as being the fastest fighter at light heavyweight.

Of course, age does have its drawbacks, as over time RJJ has visibly slowed in nearly every way possible, apart from his hand speed.

Throughout most of Jones’ career, most everyone had the feeling Roy was nearly unbeatable, and had amassed forty-one straight wins since beginning his career in 1989 (not counting the disqualification loss to Montell Griffin, which he avenged by knocking Griffin out four months later).

The first signs of Jones’ decline came when he faced off against Antonio Tarver (the first time). Despite pulling out a majority decision, it was evident that Jones was starting to show signs of being human.

After the first Tarver win, Jones rematched the Magic Man and was eventually brutally knocked out in the second round with a single left hand.

Bouncing back from the Tarver defeat, Jones faced off with Glen Johnson and to make a long story short was again knocked out with a single punch (a right hand this time), in the ninth round.

After the Johnson loss, Roy opted to fight Tarver a third time and managed to make it to the cards, but lost a one-sided unanimous decision.

Still, despite slowing down a bit in the reflex department Jones is still an amazingly quick fighter. However, another side effect of Jones’ advanced age has come in the form of lowered punch output.

Whereas RJJ punched whenever he wanted back in his hay day, nowadays he is resorted to fighting in spurts over the course of the round. Roy often lays on the ropes, letting his opponent’s pity pats hit his arms and then firing back with a rapid combination before repeating the process until the bell signals the end of the round.

Jones’ legs have also weakened over time, and that is the main reason you will see Roy play rope-a-dope instead of straight up boxing like he used to.

Nonetheless, Jones still does have a ton of natural, God-given talent and ability as well as enough in the gas tank to keep him going at 40.

Since those devastating losses, albeit at the hands of great fighters, Jones has not been doing too shabby for himself. Most recently, RJJ has been able to reel off wins over both Jeff Lacy and Omar Sheika, stopping both of his opponents.

Speaking of Roy’s opposition, there is no doubt he will have the much stronger resume coming into this fight with Danny Green. Roy Jones Jr. has been in with men such as Bernard Hopkins, Thomas Tate, James Toney, Vinny Pazienza, Montell Griffin, Virgil Hill, Reggie Johnson, John Ruiz, Glen Johnson, Antonio Tarver and Felix Trinidad, and has beaten all of the fighters listed except Johnson!

Danny Green on the other hand has a completely contrasting style compared to Roy Jones Jr. and is a slugger with little else besides his punch.

The first thing you have to know about Green is that he is slow. Very, very slow. Especially when compared to RJJ, Green is like a Volvo attempting to race a Corvette.

There is no question that Green will have a massive speed disadvantage going into this fight with Jones, and there simply isn’t anything Green can do about it.

However, despite his lacking in the speed department, the Green Machine can punch. If Green can hit you, there is a good chance he puts your lights out.

Danny has the semi-rare ability to knock somebody out with a single punch, should he catch his opponent at the right angle at the right time.

However, despite having solid one-punch power, Green is not without his fair share of flaws.

First off, Danny isn’t exactly a great finisher. I have found that even if he has his opponent wobbling around the ring, he only barely picks up the pace and often lets his opposition hold him. Green doesn’t make a real effort to close the show and usually likes to come forward at around the same pace, looking for another couple of shots to finish the deal.

Next off, and this is a pretty obvious one, Danny Green has little head movement or defense. Now, I’m not trying to compare him to Floyd Mayweather defensively, but Green really has no defense. He comes forward with his hands down low and his head begging to be hit, and simply loves to eat whatever his opponents throw at him.

I feel whenever Roy throws, he will be landing. If the rest of Green’s opponents, more recently Julio Cesar Dominguez, were able to land at will, I fully expect Jones to be able to have a very accurate night with Green.

The biggest one of Green’s flaws though, is his total lack of boxing ability. I feel this is related to his slow speed and plodding, defenseless style, as it is difficult to box if you are as slow as a turtle with a defense like Ricky Hatton.

One of Green’s biggest assets to his style is his tough chin. The Green Machine does have a very good chin, and while he has not been hit with nuclear punches in his career as of yet, I don’t believe he will be in much danger against Jones.

Danny Green is also a warrior inside the ring. It is evident by his fights that he will not quit despite facing defeat or a possible beating at the hands of his opponent, and I would be shocked if he even thought about quitting during the course of the fight.

One of the key factors I look at in this fight is Green being soundly outboxed by Anthony Mundine, who won the fight by impersonating Jones’ style. Mundine was quicker then Green, landed at will with his right hand and jab and Danny had little answer to the speed.

I feel Jones is faster, and a much better fighter then Anthony Mundine will ever be. The only excuse Green could possibly have for his poor performance against Mundine is the weight, as Green did have to cut more weight then usual.

Nonetheless, what lost Green the fight was his inability to handle the speed of Mundine, and when he faces off against Jones he may well be in a world of trouble.

One of the things that benefit Green in this fight is Jones’s incapability to throw punches consistently.

Since Green is a come-forward, pressure fighter, there is a chance he can score points or do damage while Jones is resting on the ropes, getting ready for his next flurry. However, I find Green’s lack of hand speed as a huge disadvantage to him if he intends to even hit RJJ.

I expect, even at 40 years old, Roy will be able to either evade most of Green’s wide punches, or simply take them on the arms without sustaining too much damage from Green.

It is obvious that Roy Jones Jr. and Danny Green are not in the same class when it comes to pure skill, and I would not be the least bit surprised to see Jones putting on a very accurate boxing display when he goes head to head with Green.

Adding to that, even if Danny Green was able to put on the performance of his life, putting together a Glen Johnson-like fight against Jones, I am not so sure the judges would be willing to give Green the decision in the fight.

It is common knowledge that Roy Jones Jr. has an already inked deal to face off with Bernard Hopkins for a second time, provided both Jones and Hopkins get past their “warm-up” fights (Hopkins will be fighting Enrique Ornelas on the Main event on Versus network).

Would RJJ and Hopkins let the Australian puncher win a decision, even in his homeland? I do not believe so. Even in the unlikely event Green doesn’t stop RJJ but still wins, I think Jones and Hopkins both have enough experience and money to slide the fight in favor of Jones should this contest hit the cards.

I feel Danny Green’s only shot at winning, rigged cards or not, is by stopping the living legend. I don’t think Green has the ability to outbox Jones, and I doubt he has the skill to fight the kind of fight Glen Johnson fought.

Roy on the other hand is a little trickier to determine how, if, he wins this fight. Despite Green’s rock-solid chin, I do feel there is a very slight possibility Jones is able to make it three stoppage wins in a row by ending the fight early.

Now, I don’t think Jones has the raw power it takes to stun Green, but if lays a bad enough beating I believe there is a shot Danny’s corner or the ref may stop the fight.

The one thing I feel will keep this from happening though, is not only Green’s whiskers but also the durability of his face. Danny Green has not shown to have thin skin, and despite getting hit cleanly several times in the majority of his fights Green’s face rarely swells or cuts.

I think the much more likely Jones outcome in this fight is a Roy Jones Jr. win on the cards, obtained by using his vastly quicker hands, defensive prowess, and Green’s lack of real skill.

Krakrabbit: 2.10 Units On Jones By Decision {-105}
Boxeo: 2.75 Units On Jones By KO {+380} & .60 Units On Green By KO {+475}
Grass Hopper: 1.50 Units On Under 11.5 Rounds {+165}
Doody: .50 Units On Jones By KO {+380}
D3: .50 Units On Jones By KO {+380}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on HBO, fight fans will be treated to a world championship bout for the 135-pound IBF strap when Joan Guzman, (29-0, 17KOs) and Ali Funeka, (30-2, 25KOs) square off live from the Pepsi Coliseum, Quebec City, Quebec, Canada.

Joan Guzman opened as the favorite in the bout and his number has quickly risen, knocking his number up to -310. Funeka supporters will get +230. The O/U on the bout is set at 11.5 rounds, with the under coming in at +170 and the over at -200.

Guzman by KO comes in at +254, while the Guzman by decision will net you +102. Funeka by KO hits the mark at +500, and Funeka by decision lands at +428. The odds of the bout being declared a draw land at +2750.

The favorite Guzman is coming off an easy unanimous decision victory over Panama’s own Ameth Diaz.

In his bout with Diaz, Guzman was able to dominate the fight with his hand speed and better countering and boxing. Diaz had no shot against Guzman and you would seldom find more then a few moments in the entire fight where Diaz was able to get anything together.

Guzman showed once again in that fight that he possesses serious skills as well as quick hands and sound boxing ability.

However, the contest with Ameth Diaz was eleven months ago, and prior to his fight with Diaz, Guzman’s last bout was again eleven months ago. It is easy to see that Guzman has trouble staying active in his career, and at the age of 33 has not done nearly as much as he could with his abilities.

Some months after the Diaz fight, Joan Guzman did have a fight setup with Nate Campbell, but the fight ended up being cancelled on the day the two fighters weighed in because of Guzman coming down with a sickness.

Joan missed weight, and it was reported that he was seriously ill. Team Guzman ultimately decided to call the fight off, and while Campbell did fight after the fight fell through, Guzman did not.

When Guzman is able to get into the ring, he often displays very slick technique and has not been defeated yet in his 29-fight career. In fact, Guzman is rarely even challenged inside the ring and whether he knocks his opponents out or wins a one-sided decision, it is rare to see Guzman struggle.

Joan Guzman has very solid boxing ability and a great deal of talent, but his most impressive gift is his defensive and counter punching proficiency.

Guzman also loves to set up his rapid-fire combinations using his probing jab from the outside, and I feel that despite Funeka’s significant height advantage he will be able to land his jab.

Defensively, Guzman employs a style that is not unlike the same used by Floyd Mayweather Jr. Now, while Guzman is not as good at doing the Mayweather as Floyd himself, Guzman does manage to pull off a great defense that has few flaws when applied.

Guzman has the speed to duck and dodge incoming punches, but one thing I do not like about Guzman’s defensive tactics is his low left hand.

As I said, Guzman is a quick sucker and most of the time he is able to evade attacks, but Funeka isn’t exactly Humberto Soto in terms of speed and I feel Guzman is exposed to the right hand of a somewhat speedy fighter.

Nonetheless, Guzman’s swift hands and equally fast feet will undoubtedly cause problems for anyone looking to beat Joan in a boxing match.

Guzman has also been facing off with some pretty solid competition such as Antonio Davis, Humberto Soto, Jorge Rodrigo Barrios and Fernando Beltran Jr. Of all the names listed though, Guzman was unable to stop any of them.

While that isn’t necessarily embarrassing (most of his higher-tier opponents have solid chins), Guzman has not carried his power up with him as he moves up in weight. Originally starting his career at Super Bantamweight in 1997, Guzman has since made his way to the Lightweight division.

Guzman is still new to the 135-pound weight class though, as this fight with Funeka will only be his second fight at Lightweight since moving up to the division in late 2007.

In fact, Guzman has not had a knockout since his fight with Agapito Sanchez back in February of 2004 in the Super Bantamweight division. Joan has been unable to score any stoppages in either the Featherweight, Super Featherweight or Lightweight divisions.

Ali Funeka himself is coming off a close and somewhat controversial decision loss to Nate Campbell nine months ago.

The controversy in the fight started earlier then expected when “The Galaxxy Warrior” missed the 135-pound weight limit and lost his belts on the scales.

Come fight night, Campbell and Funeka went to war making for a great barnburner. The early portion of the fight was closely contested, but Campbell did manage to drop Funeka with a hard right hand in the second round.

By the middle rounds it was easy to see Campbell slowing down and his weight issues were beginning to show. Nevertheless, the fight was still close with Campbell’s wide right hand landing at will.

Late in the fight Campbell had been slowed to a crawl and the fight became very close as Funeka tried to put something together to win rounds. In the eleventh, Campbell dropped Funeka again by landing his right hand. Funeka managed to survive and fought valiantly to the end, but ended up losing a close Majority Decision.

Despite being a relative unknown at the time and having faced few name opponents, Funeka proved that he is more then just a tall, tomato can conquering fighter.

As I mentioned, going into the fight with Campbell, Funeka had faced very few significant opponents and had never fought outside of his home country of South Africa.

Little has changed since the fight with Campbell (it was his last fight after all!). Funeka’s best opponent on his record is none other then Nate Campbell, and his one fight outside of South Africa was against Campbell.

Aside from his incredible height (6’1) and ability to still make 135, stylistically Funeka is also a bit unique.

His tall size allows him to have a considerable height advantage over nearly everyone in the Lightweight division, and Ali often likes to use his long jab as a means to score points or set up a straight right hand.

Adding to that, Funeka does not box or pressure his opponents heavily. He usually tends to back up just a bit when being pressured, but at the same time fires off punches. If Funeka is able to get his foe going backwards, he will press the action and look to put some hurt on his opponent.

Funeka is a very technically sound fighter and you rarely see him unleashing wide or looping shots at his opponents. He also rarely leaves himself overly exposed to most punches, although (as evidenced by the Campbell fight) he is wide open to right hands.

One of the biggest questions surrounding Ali Funeka is the strength of his chin. We already touched on Campbell making him taste the canvas, but lesser punchers then Nate have also made Funeka fall.

Throughout Funeka’s career, he has been put down several times by no-name opposition such as Gabriel Phakula (although he did end up getting his revenge in the form of a KO a year later) and Mzwanele Sam.

However, both mentioned no-name fighters encountered Funeka very early in Ali’s career, and to be perfectly honest I don’t think Funeka has a terrible chin.

Nate Campbell has underrated power, and it often does little to think too heavily into early career knockdowns (even Muhammad Ali was dropped a few times early in his career!).

I would be stunned, with Funeka’s undervalued chin and Guzman’s lack of power at Lightweight, if Funeka was knocked out. I would even be a little surprised to see Funeka seriously hurt in the fight.

Speaking of power, despite having twenty-five stoppages in thirty wins, I do not feel Funeka is a power puncher.

Ali does throw nice, straight punches and while they do have some sting on them, Funeka does not have a massive high work rate and rarely goes into fights looking for the KO. In fact, many of Funeka’s KOs have been from simple one-punch thunder punches where he was able to seriously hurt his outmatched opponent and finish them off quickly.

In addition, Funeka has not been up against great competition (as aforementioned) and most of Funeka’s KOs victories have been against no-hopers with shaky chins.

Guzman’s whiskers have proven to be solid, and I do not think Funeka will be able to stop Guzman. If Funeka wins, it will be on the cards, as is the case with Guzman.

Joan Guzman and Ali Funeka are both skilled fighters and even though Guzman, in my opinion, has a bit more God-given ability, I wouldn’t write Funeka off in this one.

Guzman’s layoff could well have an effect on his performance on Saturday night, and should he be off his game too much Funeka will have no hesitation to seize the opportunity and take the fight.

I see this as being a very close fi